h1 steering

8/21/2019 H1 Steering

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/h1-steering 1/225

ROLLS

ROYCE



füsüB

UESBB

Rolls-Royce

INS TR U CTION M ANUAL

FOR

FRYDENBÖ

STEERING GEAR

RV 850-3

FRYDENBÖ O R D E R N D : 7961-66

Jinling Shipyard

Classification: GL

Hull No. JLZ040409

HullNo.JLZ040410

HullNo.JLZ040411

HullNo.JLZ040412

Type of vessel: 1100 TEU Container Vessel

ROLLS-ROYCE MARINE AS

D e p . : Steering Gears - Frydenbö

N-5217

Hagavik,

Norway

Switchboard + 47 56 57 16

0 0 .

Telefax + 47 56 30 82 41

1 1 0 N U M B E f t 8 3 3 2 7 l ,



CONTENTS

SECTION 1

1.0

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.7

1.8

1.9

GENERAL INFORMATION

Introduction

General description

Technical data

Weight list

Oil specification

The actuator

The pump unit

Functioning of the pump/control unit

Functioning of the actuator

Storing of the equipment and filling of oil

SECTION 2 INSTALLATION - COMMISSIONING - SEA TRIAL

2.0

2.1

2.2

2.3

Installation

Mounting/dismounting rudderstock

Filling of oil and venting procedure

Procedure for start-up and sea-trial

SECTION 3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION

3.0

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

Service locations

Maintenance reporting

Maintenance

Periodical maintenance

Cleaning the strainer/filter of the pum p unit

SECTION 4 REPAIR INSTRUCTION

4.0

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

Fault finding chart

Renewal of the actuator seals

Control and renewal of the trustbearing

Control and renew al of the liners

Pump unit

PAGE:

3

4

5

6

7

8

11

12

15

16

18

20

23

24

27

29

30

31

32

34

35

37

38

39

SECTIONS DRAWINGS

5.0. Draw ing list"

42

SECTION 6 PARTS CATALOGUE

6.0 Parts list - Actuator and Pump unit

44



SECTION 1

GENERAL INFORMATION



SECTION 1.0 INTROD UCTION

This instruction m anual, issued for Rolls-Royce Frydenbö rotary vane rudder actuator, is

prepared for use of the operating personnel.

The operators should familiarise themselves w ith the working principles of the equipment and

with the instructions and precautions contained herein.

The manual should be kept handy for reference at all times so that the proper and correct

operating instructions can be observed and followed.

No dismantling or adjusting work should be started unless the pertinent instructions have be en

carefully studied so that the work sequence is clear and all of the necessary too ls are available.

It is of paramount importance that extreme cleanliness is observed during all work on the

equipment. Sand, dust, or other impurities are detrimental to the hydraulic equipment and will

most likely impair the proper operations. Keep hands and tools clean. Use only clean linen

rags, - never cotton waste.

Rolls-Royce Frydenbö is ready to be of assistance and service at all times and will appreciate the

operator's com ments on any phase of the equipment's operation and it's maintenance.



SECTION 1.1 GENERAL DESCR IPTION PPS

(See general arrangement dwg.)

A. STEERING GEAR

The Rolls-Royce FRYDEN BÖ steering gear on this vessel is composed of two hydraulic

rotary vane actuators mounted directly on the rudder stock, each served by two pu mp units

delivering the necessary oil pressure for operating the rudder.

The two pump u nits may be operated together or separately. Each pump un it will provide oil

with sufficient pressure to develop the specified rudder torque.

When cruising at sea, only two pu mp units is normally in operation at the same time while

the other is acting as a stand-by units. During m anoeuvre of the vessel, when the shortest

possible steering time is required, it is possible to run both pump units simultaneously

whereby the rudder rate will be doubled.

The pump un its are equipped with solenoid valves, which are normally operated by means of

signals from the bridge steering controls.

The pump is submerged in the oiltank. The tank is divided into two ch ambers, one for each

pump unit with one low level alarm-switch in each of the pump u nit chambers.

From top of the steering gear leakage oil will run through pipe to the oiltank.



SECTION 1.2

TECHNICAL DATA

1) RUDDER ACTUATOR

Type

Rudderstock diameter

Maximum rudder angle

Maximum oil pressure

Relief valve setting

Design torque

Working torque

Displacement (35-0-30) = 65 degr.

Steering time (35-0-30) degr.

with one pump running

Steering time (35-0-30) degr.

with two pumps running

RV 850-3

350 mm

2 x 46,5 degr.

80 bar

100 bar

1066 kNm

853 kNm

121 liters

max.28 seconds

max.

14

seconds

2) PUMP UNIT

Type

Screw pum p "Leistritz" type

Revolution

Capacity at 3500 R .P.M.


Maximum temperature system

Solenoid valve

PPSM 2" small

L3MF 45-90

3500 R.P.M.

278 1/min

80 bar

70 degr.C.

Vickers 24 V DC

3) ELECTRIC MOTOR

Type

Revolution

Rating

Voltage

Current

Frequency

Protection degree

Heating Element

A B B M3A A 180LB -2

3500 R.P.M.

35,6kW(Sl-100%)

3 X 440 V AC

In 56 A / Is 420 A

60 Hz

IP 55

220 V AC

4) OIL CAPACITY EACH UNIT

Rudder actuator

Pum p units 2x300 litres =

Pipe lines / hoses

170 Liters

600 Liters

50 Liters

Total oil volume

820 Liters

i



SECTION 1.3 WEIGH T LIST

STEERING GEAR TYPE RV 850-3

EQUIPMENT:

Rudder actuator

Pump unit.

EL - Motor

TOTAL

WEIGHT

DRY:

3900 kg

1000

kg

400 kg

5300 kg

With OIL:

4120 kg

1600

kg

5670 kg



SECTION 1.4 OIL SPECIFICATION

HYDRAULIC OIL TYPE

FOR

FRYDENBØ ROTARY VANE STEERING GEAR

Use only a high quality hydraulic oil with a viscosity index of approximate 100. The oil should

have anti-foam, anti-oxidant and anti-rust additives.

OIL SPECIFICATION

Viscosity: ISO 68

Oll temperatures should be limited to 70 C.

The oil to be checked regularly for contamination, and the oil companies' recommendation for

change of oil to be followed.

Oil level should be checked daily with new oil added as necessary.



SECTION 1.5

THE ACTUATOR

The actuator consists of these ma in com ponents:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Housing

Cover

Rotor

Stoppers

Vanes

Safety reUef valve

^y



SECTION 1.5

(Continued)

THE ACTUATOR

LOCK VALVE

The automatic lock valve mounted on the actuator consists of a housing, where both pipes from

the pum p unit are cormected. Between inlet and" outlet there is a pilot-piston w hich operates the

two spring-loaded valves.

C A S E l

STEERING TAKES PLACE

Oil pressure from the

pump unit opens both

the inlet and the

outlet side of the

valve.

CASE 2

THE ACTUATOR CLOSED-

RUDDER BLOCKED

FROM PUMP UNIT

When there is no oil

supply, the valves are kept closed

by spring load.

(Oil pressure inside

the actuator will

increase the closing force).



SECTION 1.5

(Continued)

THE ACTUATOR

SAFETY VALVE

There is one safety valve-block on the actuator consisting of:

1. Pilot relief valve.

2. Pilot piston.

3.

Check valve.

4.

Spring loaded main valve.

5.

Adjusting screw for relief pressure.

NORMAL RUNNING CONDITION:

CASE 1: The w orking pressure, P I, opens the check valve, 3, and will keep the safety valve in

closed position.

SAFETY VALVE OPENS.

CASE

2:

If the pressure increases to maximum, P2, which is the opening pressure for the pilot

relief valve,

1,

the springloaded m ain valve, 4, will be pushed over and the maximum pressure

will be relieved over to the suction side.

d^^^mmmmm

(V '^

ACTUATOR

RETURN SIDE

ACTUATOR

PRESSURE SIDE

10



SECTION 1.6

THE PUMP UNIT PPS-2

The pump unit consists of following components movmted on a comm on bedplate:

1. Gear pum p.

2.

Oil tanlcTvith two cham bers.

3.

Flexible coupling between motor and pum p.

4. Solenoid operated control valve for connection to steering controls, with emergency

push-button steering con trols.

5. Electric motor.

6. Pressure gauge.

7.

Safety relief valve .

8. Filter.

11



SECTION 1.7-1

FUNCTIONING OF THE PUMP/CONTROL UNIT PME2

The steering gear is normally operated from the steering controls initiating the pilot valve

solenoids.

For emergency operation, the pilot valves are equipped with push button controls that make it

possible to operate the steering gear manually from the steering gear com partment.

CONTROL UNIT:

1. Solenoid - Pilot valve.

2. Safety relief valve.

3. Control valve.

4. By-pass valve.

T O A C T U A T O R

I K I N G P R E S S U R E

V R E T U R N T O P U M P

FIG. 1.

IDLING:

Fig.l shows the pump unit when idling. The control valve, 3, and the solenoid valve, 1, are kept

in center position by

spring load w hen no steering signal is given.

12



SECTION 1.7-2

(Continued)

FUNCTIONING OF THE PUMP/CONTROL UNIT

PME2

BEGINNING OF STEERING (MO DULATED FLOW ):

Steering is carried out by operating the

solenoid valve (1). Fig.2 on the diagram

shows the beginning of the steering

process when the right solenoid is

operated. The control valve (3) will be

pushed over to the right side, by the oil

pressure in the left chamber.

The control valve (3) is now at the

beginning of its stroke. Some of the oil

flows through the throttling slots to the

actuator, and overflow is by-passed at

the by-pass valve (4) back to the suction

side of the pum p. The smaller oil

volume being directed gradually to the

actuator will give a soft start.

FIG. 2.

R E T U R N

O I L

F R O M A C T U A T O R

^ B ' F O R K I N G P R E S S U R E

T O A C T U A T O R

P U M P P R E S S U R E

M E N S T E E R I N G B E G I N S

R E T U R N T O P U M P

STEERING:

After approximately one second, the

control valve (3) is moved over to it's

end position, see fig. 3.

The oil-flow fi-om he pump has now

free passage from channel (1) into pipe

(B) leading to the actuator. The return

oil from the actuator flows through pipe

(A) and has free passage to channel (2)

and back to the suction side of the

pump.

FIG. 3.

C U R R E N T O R

P U S H

R E T U R N O I L

' R O M A C T U A T O R

^

B V O R K I N G P R E S S U R E

T O A C T U A T O R

P R E S S U R E F R O M P U M P

R E T U R N T O P U M P

13



SECTION 1.7-3

(Continued)

FUNCTIONING OF THE PUMP/CONTROL U NIT PME2

FIG. 4.

RELIEF VAL VE (Item 2)

When the oil pressure, C, exceeds the preset value of the valve spring load, the valve, 5, will

open (fig 4 ).

The pressure oil will flow to channel (2) and the pressure behind the by-pass valve (7) will drop.

Now the by-pass valve w ill open, allowing the oil (D) to flow to the retum channel (2).

SETTING TH E RELIEF VAL VE. (Item 2)

Opening pressure for relief valve, see technical data sheet.

To increase the pressure, turn adjusting screw, 6, clockwise.

Safety valve opening p ressure has been set during assembly by the suppliers and possible

adjustment should only be carried out by a competent person.

EMERGENCY OPERATION

During emergency operation the solenoid valves (1) can be manually operated by m eans of

manual controls on the solenoid valves.

NOTE: "Local/Remote"- switch, S3, on starter cabinets, has to be in local position during

emergency operation.

Use push buttons on solenoid valve to operate the manual controls.

E M E R O E N C Y

M A N U A L C O N T R O L S

14



SECTION 1.8 FUNCTIONING OF THE ACTUATOR

(See assembly dwg. of actuator)

The actuator consists of three main components: A cylindrical housing with stoppers, a rotor and

a bolted-on cover.

The rotor, turning m bearings at top and bottom, is equipped with vanes upon w hich the oil

pressure is acting and thereby developing the turning torque. The turning movem ent is limited

by stoppers fixed to the housing.

The stoppers also act as mechanical rudder stops in hard-over position.

The axial bearing thrustring of the actuator is of sufficient capacity to carry the full w eight of

rudder, rudderstock and rotor, eliminating the need for a separate rudder carrier bearing.

In addition to the stoppers, the actuator is equipped w ith electrical limit switches stopping the

turning movement at the predetermined angle.

The sealing system consists o f synthetic oil resistant material resting in seal grooves, preventing

effectively internal leakages, and gland seals preventing external leakage.

The bearings of the actuator are Greased by m eans of the system o il.

AUTOMATIC LOCK VALVE

The actuator is equipped with autom atic lock valves. If there should be loss of oil pressure due

to possible external failures, the lock valve w ill close imm ediately and keep the actuator intact

for operation by me ans of the stand-by pump.

SAFETY VALVE

The actuator is equipped with a safety valve, limiting the pressure to the specified value.

15



SECTION 1.9

STORING OF THE EQUIPMENT AN D FILLING OF OIL.

In order to protect the inside of the steering gears, a special corrosion retarding ingredient is

added to the hydraulic oil used during final testing of the steering gear. This is a short time

protection only. The steering gear should be filled with oil immediately after recieved at yard,

to protect the equipment.

PROCEDURE FOR FILLING THE A CTUATOR AND THE PUMP UNIT WITH OIL.

Locations of filling- and drain plugs are marked on the arrangement drawing.

1. Open all bleeding plugs on top of the rudder actuator

and the pump unit (See venting procedure section 2.2).

2. Use pump or gravity cormected to the filling holes, to

fiUthe actuator and the pump . (See sketch).

NOTE: Fill oil through all filling plugs in order to fill all chambers of the actuator.

16



SECTION 2

INSTALLATION

COMMISSIONING

SEA TRIAL

17



p p

SECTION 2.0 INSTALLATION

RUDDER ACTUATOR

Sufficient space for inspection and service of the gland seals must be provided (see arr. dw g).

There should be sufficient space between top of the rudder actuator and the deck above to perm it

the cover and the rotor to be lifted. If this cannot be arranged, a hatchway in deck may be

provided. Tackle bracket should be arranged.

Do no t open the rudder actuator during installation. Forward position is marked on the actuator

flange.

0-position

of rotor is marked on top of the actuator. See arrangement drawing.

Make sure that rudderstock and actuator are aligned.

For fastening of the rudderstock to the rudder actuator, see "Procedure for hydraulic

moun ting/dismounting of the rudder actuator on the rudderstock", section

2.1.

18



pp

SECTION 2.0 INSTALLATION

(Continued)

PUMP UNIT

The pum p unit should be installed close to the rudder actuator with good access for inspection

and maintenance.

PIPES

Sharp vertical bends on the pipe lines should be avoided, as air pockets m ay occur.

19



SECTION 2.1-1 PROCEDURE FOR HYDRAULIC MOUNTING/DISMOUNTING

OF THE RUDDER ACTUATOR ON THE RUDDERSTOCK.

The taper area of the rudderstock should be adapted to the rudder actuator, use blue colour, until

sufficient contact between the rudderstock and the rotor has been obtained (according to

classification requirements).

See drawing and table "HYDR.M0U NT1NG / DISMOUN TING OF RUDDERSTO CK", fig.l.

NECESSARY EQUIPMENT:

2 High-pressure oil pumps with pressure gauges, min 1000 bar.

1 Dial gauge.

OIL SPECIFICATION:

HydrauHc oil: 100 mm2/s at 40°C.

No te No anti-fiiction additives allowed in oil.

MOUNTING.

1. Clean and Grease the taper area of the rudderstock and the rotor using hydraulic

oil.

2.

Put the rudder actuator on the rudderstock with its full weight on the taper area.

3. Mount the hydraulic nut and tighten by hand.

4. Mount pump 1 for o il pressure to the nut, and pum p 2 for oil pressure to the

taper.

5.

To find a correct starting position for the pull up length, start to pump oil into the

nut with pum pl until the pressure^starts^o increase (max. 10 bar). Relieve the

pressure and tighten the nut until contact between nut and actuator is obtained.

This to avoid that-1he o-ring on piston in the nut should break if too long stroke.

(For permissible length of stroke, see arrangement drawing.)

This is the starting position.

6. Mount the dial gauge and adjust to zero.

20



SECTION 2.1-2 PROCEDU RE FOR HYDRA ULIC MOUN TING/DISMOUNTING

(Continued) OF THE RUDDER ACTUATOR ON THE RUDDERSTOCK.

7. Pum p oil (pump 2) to the taper fitting until the oil leaks out at the lower part of

the taper.

8. Increase slowly the pressure from both pum ps 1 and 2 until the rudderstock is

pulled up the length "L", specified in the table.

NOTE:

When pulling up, keep pressure as high as possible on pump 2. (Until the oil

leaks out at the lower or upper part of the taper).

9. Relieve the pressure from pump 2.

10. Wait about 30 minutes, and then relieve the pressure from pum p 1.

11. Check the length "L".

12.

Dismount the pum ps and the dial gauge.

13.

Tighten the nut to contact with the actuator.

14.

Secure the rudderstock nut.

DISMOUNTING

1. Dismoun t the lockplate.

2.

Unscrew the nut to the length (L + 2) mm . See the table.

3.

Mount pump 1 for o il pressure to the nut, and pum p 2 for oil-pressure to the

taper.

4. Increase the oil-pressure from pum p 1 toa bo ut 50 bar.

5. Increase the pressure on the taper (pump 2) gradually until the pressure in the nut

(pump 1) is rising.

This indicates that the taper is "floating".

6. Reduce the pressure from pump

1

gradually w ithout reducing the taper pressure

(from pump 2), and the rudderstock w ill be released from rudder actuator.

21



SECTION 2.1-3 PROCEDU RE FOR HYDR AULIC MOUN TING/DISMOUNTING

(Continued) OF THE RUDDER ACTUATOR ON THE RUDDERSTOCK.

M O U N T I N G

O F

R U D D E R S T O C K

P U L L

U P

L E N G T H

D I L

G U G E

I II

i

P U M P 1

P U M P 2

L _ / ^ ^

F I G l .

MIN. PULL UP LENGTH

MAX . PULL UP LENGTH

PISTON AREA

MAX . PISTON STROKE

RUDDERSTOCK DIA.

CALCULATION NO.

FRYDENBÖ ORDER NO.

9,72 mm

9,77 mm

712 cm^

15 mm

350 mm

2802c

7961-7966

22



p p

SECTION 2.2 FILLING OF OIL AND VENTING PROCEDU RE.

To fill actuator and pum p unit with oil, see section 1.9.

Oil specification, see section 1.4.

Before starting to fill oil, open all vent plugs on the actuator.

Fill oil into the oiltank of the power pack.

Actuator

Start the pump units (check the correct rotation). Operate the solenoid valves manually for a few

seconds, to move the rudder. Repeat this procedure until the actuator is filled up with oil, and vent

the system.

Do the same operation on the second pump unit.

Venting procedure

Start the pump units.

Operate the solenoid valves m anually to m ove the rudder. Stop the pum ps and vent the system.

Start again and move the rudder hard-over to hard-over.

The system should now operate smoothly without noise. If still noisy, repeat the venting.

IF A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM IS TO BE RELIABLE AND FUNCTION SATISFACTORILY,

ALL AIR MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE SYSTEM.

23



SECTION 2.3 PROCEDUR E FOR START-UP AND SEA TRIAL.

START-UP:

Fill oil into the actuator and the pu mp unit according to instruction, and bleed the system.

- C ontrol that the electric motor is rotating in the correct direction.

- Run the rudder hard over to both sides. Control that the rudder m oves without any obstructions

and that maximum rudder angle is obtained. Adjust electrical end stoppers, if necessary.

- H alf the total rudder angle is the correct center

position.

Adjust both the mechanical and the

electrical rudder indicators according to this 0-point. Control that the steering handles and the

rudder indicators both show correct direction.

- Check that the relief valve opens at maximum specified pressure, by pushing the em ergency

push-buttons on the solenoid valve until the rudder is in hard-over position. To obtain correct

pressure, adjust relief valve (See instructions).

- Test the start and stop switches.

- Test the alarm panels (See instructions).

SEA TRIAL:

- Check that these items are within the limits of the specification for the supplied steering gear,

using both one and two pumps;

- Steering t ime 3 5 - 0 - 3 0 deg.

- M ax. working pressure.

Please fill in the form on the next page.

24



SEATRIAL DATA

Please fill in this form during the sea trial and send it to our head office for later reference.

Address: Rolls-Royce Marine AS - Frydenbö

N-5217HAGAVIK

NORWAY

Name of ship:.

Shipyard:

Hull no:

Owner:

Speed: knots

Stb.

Port Both

Pump pump pumps

Steering time 35-0-30 degrees: (seconds)

Max pressure during steering: (bar)

Max amps on el.motor during steering: (amp)

Comments:

25



SECTION

3

MAINTENANCE

INSTRUCTION

26



SECTIO N 3.0 SERV ICE LOC ATIO NS

NOTHERN EUROPE

DENMARK

ROLLS-ROYCE

Aalborg (Service)

Tel:+45 98 114 955

Fax:+45 98 114 945

Esbjerg

Tel:+45 75 14 15 22

Fax:+45 75 14 4102

FINLAND

~Z

ROLLS-ROYCE

Helsinki

Tel:

+358 96866330

Fax: +358 968663339

Kokkola (Water jets)

Tel:

+358 68324500

Fax:+358 68324511

Rauma (Winches, thrusters)

Tel: +358 2 83 791

Fax: +358 2 8379 4804

FRANCE

i±

ROLLS-ROYCE

Rungis

Tel:+33 1468 62811

Fax: +33 1 468 79398

GERMANY

ROLLS-ROYCE

Hamburg

Tel:+ 49 40 381 277

Fax :+49 40 389 2177

Hamburg (Service)

Tel:+ 49 40 78091910

Fax:+49 40 78091919

THE NETHERLANDS

ROLLS-ROYCE

Groningen

Tel:+31 50 54 25 425

Fax:+31 50 54 25 588

Purmerend (Service)

Tel:+31 299 641 118

Fax:+31 299 644 999

Rotterdam (Service)

Tel:+31 10 42 61227

^ Fax:+31 10 42 64 298

^ ^ W A Y H " "

ROLLS-ROYCE "~ '

Bergen (Cast Iron)

Tel: +47 55 53 65 00

Fax: +47 55 53 65 05

Bergen (Engines)

Tel: +47 55 53 65 00

Fax: +47 55 19 04 05

Bergen (Service)

Tel: +47 56 57 16 00

J Fa x:+ 47 56 30 82 41

Bergen (Steering gear)

Tel:+47 56 57 16 00

Fax: +47 56 30 82 41

J Bergen (Turbines)

Tel: +47 55 53 64 50

Fax: +47 55 53 60 60

Brattvaag (Deck machinery)

'Tel : +47 70 20 85 00

Fax: +47 70 20 86 00

Hareid (Rudders)

Tel: +47 70 09 55 00

Fax: +47 70 09 55 55

Longva (Automation)

Tel: +47 70 20 82 00

Fax :+47 70 20 83 51

Tenn^ord (Steering gear)

Tel: +47 70 20 88 00

Fax: +47 70 20 89 00

Rolls-Royce Marinevik

(Adm.)

Tel: +47 70 01 40 05

Fax: +47 70 01 40 01

Rolls-Royce Marinevik (Ship

design)

Tel: +47 70 01 40 00

Fax:+47 70 01 40 13

Rolls-Royce Marinevik

(Propulsion)

Tel: +47 70 01 40 00

Fax:+47 70 01 40 17

Volda (Propulsion)

Tel: +47 70 07 39 00

Fax: +47 70 07 39 50

Oslo (Repr. office)

Tel:+ 47 23 31 04 80

Fax :+47 23 31 04 99

Aalesund (Ship design)

Tel:+47 70 10 37 00

Fax: +47 70 10 37 01

•POLANDJ" - I

ROLLS-ROYCE

Gniew (Deck m achinery)

Tel: +48 69 135 22 71

Fax:+48 69 135 22 18

27



SERVICE LOCATIONS (continued)

RUSSIA

ROLLS-ROYCE

Moscow

Tel:

+7 095 230 6441

Fax: +7 095 230 6441

St. Petersburg

Tel:+7 812 960 4627

Fax: +7 812 325 5604

•SWEDEN ,"• .^

ROLLS-ROYCE

Gøteborg

Tel:+46 31 492 202

Fax:+4 6 31 497 531

Kristinehamn (Propulsion)

Tel: +46 550 84000

Fax:+46 550 18190

U N ITED K IN G D O M

ROLLS-RÖY"CE

Aberdeen

Tel: +44 1224 58 1722

Fax:+44 1224 58 1723

Dartford

Tel:+44 1322 394 300

Fax: +44 1322 394 301

Dunfermline (Propulsion)

Tel:+44 1383 82 31 88

Fax:+44 1383 82 40 38

SOUTHERN EUROPE

ITALY

ROLLS-ROYCE

Genova (Marine Sales &

Service)

Tel:+39 010 839 1561

Fax:

+39 010 839 3663

CROATIA r

ROLLS-ROYCE

Rijeka

Tel:+38 5512 54882

Fax:+38 5512 55154

M'ALTA

ROLLS-ROYCE

Valletta

Tel: +356 805 497

Fax. +356 677 747

SPAIN

ROLLS-ROYCE

Madrid

Tel: +34 91 372 81 42

Fax:+34 91 372 87 28

Tarragona

Tel: +34 977 296 444

Fax: +34 977 296 450

ASIA PACIFIC

CHINA

ROLLS-ROYCE

Dalian (Purchasing Office)

Tel :+86 411281 5791

Fax:+86 411263 1573

Hong Kong

Tel:

+852 2526 6937

Fax:

+852 2868 5344

Shanghai

Tel:+86 21 5818 8899

Fax:+86 21 5818 9388

INDIA 2

ROLLS-ROYCE '

Mumbai

Tel:+91 22 820 45 41

Fax:+91 22 820 45 42

;SINGÄPpREj' Z I 1 ,

ROLLS-ROYCE

Singapore

Tel:

+65 686 21 901

Fax: +65 686 22 477

N O R r a E A S T A S I A ; " ' ^

^ A P A N ^ " J'

ROLLS-ROYCE

Tokyo

Tel:+81 3 3237 6861

Fax:+8 1 3 3237 6846

Edinburgh (Stabilisers)

Te l:+44 131 556 2440

Fax:+44 131 556 3253

Newcastle (Bearings)

Tel: +44 191 273 0291

Fax:+44 191 272 2787

Tewkesbury (Service)

Te l:+44 1684 290 781

Fax:+44 1684 290 786

[AUSTRALIA;'

.. ^

ROLLS-ROYCE

Melbourne

Tel:

+61 3 9848 6061

Fax:+61 3 9848 6078

Perth

Tel:

+61 8 9336 7910

Fax:

+61 8 9336 7920

28



SERVICE LOCATIONS (continued)

REPUBLIC OF KOREA

ROLLS-ROYCE

Inchon

Tel: +82 32 888 4576

Fax: +82 32 888 4579

; u s A

• • • • ' ,

ROLLS-ROYCE

Annapolis (Propulsion)

Tel :+ 141 0 224 2130

Fax :+14 10 266 6721

Pusan (Deck machinery)

Tel:+82 51 266 0170

Fax:+82 51 266 0175

Fort Lauderdale

Tel:+1954 581 2757

Fax: +1 954 581 2785

Pusan

Tel:+82 51 205 0236

Fax:+82 51 205 0235

Houston

Tel :+ 128 1 497 5220

Fax :+12 81 497 4903

RUSSIA

ROLLS-ROYCE

Vladivostok

Tel: +7 5232 495 484

Fax: +7 5232 495 484

•AMERICAS^._,;. ,__

BRAZIL J 7 -

ROLLS-ROYCE

Rio de Janeiro

Tel:+55 21 507 4992

Fax:+55 21 509 5610

CANADA-;' '\ C

ROLLS-ROYCE

Halifax

Tel:

+1 902 468 2883

Fax: +1 902 468 2759

St. Johns

Tel: +1 709 364 3053

Fax: +1 709 364 3054

Vancouver (Propulsion)

Tel:+1604 942 1100

Fax :+16 04 942 1125

New Orleans

Tel: +1 504 464 4561

Fax: +1 504 464 4565

Pascagoula (Cast Iron)

Tel:

+1 228 762 0728

Fax: +1 228 769 7048

Seattle

Tel: +1 206 782 9190

Fax :+12 06 782 0176

Walpole (Propulsion)

Tel :+ 150 8 668 9610

Fax:+1 508 660 6152

29



SECTION 3.1 MAINTENANCE REPORTING

It is requested that any failures or maintenance work on the equipment, no matter how small,

should be reported to Rolls-Royce Frydenbö . By reporting any failures and m aintenance work, an

accurate machinery h istory can be maintained. This history will be continuously mon itored and

compared to other vessels with similar equipment. With this information, w e can provide better

service, faster delivery of spare parts, and gu idance for preventive maintenance.

When reporting, the following information should be included:

1) Date

2) Vessel name

3) Date of installation - order number

4) Operating hours (if available)

5) Description of problem

6) Did the problem impair vessel's operation

7) Corrective action taken

8) How many man-hours were required to repair it

hi reporting a failure or request for service, the following additional information is requested in

addition to items 1-8 above. This will insure more efficient service.

9) Working and idling pressures

10) Steering time, 35-0-30 degrees.

30



SECTION 3.2 MAINTENANCE

If a hydraulic system is properly installed, started up and maintained, it will have a long life and

run reliably.

If problem s do occur, however, it is essential to find the cause and pu t it right as quickly as

possible. The FAU LTFIND ING CHA RT must be seen as a general fault finding gu ide only.

Also use the hydraulic diagram if problems occur, as this will facilitate the faultfinding.

The service personnel of Rolls-Royce Frydenbö A S has long experience in the service and

maintenance of hydraulic steering gears. This experience in the maintenance and service sectors is

at the disposal of our custom ers. Contact our service department for guidance, or, if necessary,

ask for a service engineer to be sent.

IF PROBLEMS OCCUR, USE THE FAULTFINDING CHART.

IF THE PROBLEM CANNOT BE SOLVED BY YOUR MA INTENANCE MEN ,

CALL IN A FRYD ENB 0 SERVICE ENGINEER.

31



SECTION 3.3 PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE PP

The actuator should regularly be visually inspected for external leakage, paintwork, damages etc.

A clean actuator will facilitate the inspection work.

A continuous undisturbed fionctioning of the steering gear is dependent on two simple points:

1.

Use the specified hydraulic oil

2.

Keep the hydraulic system clean

The hydraulic oil and the interior of the installation should be kept absolutely free fro m any

impurities and air.

If these pom ts are adhered to the preventive m aintenance will be limited to following:

Yearly.

A. Oil filters in the pum p unit to be changed.

Stuffing glands on the actuator to be checked.

Every second year.

B. Change hydraulic oil.

A. Oil filter.

After the first 200 hours runn ing, the oil filter should be opened for inspection and

changed if necessary. If you find impurities, change of the filter must be repeated at short

intervals until it stays clean. This indicates that the hydraulic system is clean and the filter

should now b e left for the yearly change.

B. The hydraulic pump .

The hydraulic pum p will normally last more than 10 years. A w om pump should be

replaced or repaired. A wom pump means reduced pumping capacity indicated by slower

steering speed.

C. The actuator.

The rotor seals and the gland seals are practically the only w earing

parts.

Unintended

movem ent (creeping) of the rudder at sea, indicates wear on the rotor seals. Based on

experience, the normal life time of the rotor seals is 5 to 10 years. For change of rotor

seals,

see instructions.

32



pp

SECTION 3.4 CHANGE THE FILTER OF THE PUMP UNIT

(See assembly dwg.)

1. Open the cover of the filter, lift out the filter cartridge

2.

Loosen the Allen screw at the bottom of the filter cartridge, and remove the rod, magnet

(N/A on all filters), top and spring.

3.

Mount the rod, magnet, top and spring on the new filter cartridge, and insert it into the

filter housing.

Reassemble the cover and tighten up the nuts.

33



SECTION 4

REPAIR INSTRUCTION

34

1

^

<

•

V

o= n o 7 3

5o o

• 3

m-

^

C

Q

f

C

c o

c

= 3

o

O

3

mo

—

5o o-

S

U

3

G

.

B

S- 5 -

^

m

•

^

O 3

o

•

o

3

P

w

n S c

Q

•

O

mXo n

V

<

f

C

n

>

3 w r <

_

•

<

O

p

c

o

m

? c

3 3

5

C

Q

O

•

Ö

c 3

•

o

0

P

3

C P

3

f

3

• • •

4

O

3

f O7

•

O

C

5

•

c

3 5

•

c

3

X

O P

&

0

•

u

o

3

f O

7

o

f

T

<

f V

i

g

F

3

5

p 3 •

T

•

K

O3

f O

7 o f

T

<

f

5

p

•

—

o

p 3

C

5

O

o

O

i

n

f

•

O

O

oc

-

a

5

C

Q

f

_

f

3

f 3 O

3 o c

• •

•

o

•

X

v

G

•

b

c

5

T

1

c

3

P

3

e f

P

3

O

?

O 3

o

c

• • •

• •

0

3

f o

o

C

Q

(

T

Q

f O

.

• • • •

•

^

o

3

f O •

T

P

w

v

w f

3 S

•

S

• • •

C

O

3

f OT -

C

Q

.

Q

.

f - 5

o o

p

o

•

I

f

o

3

o c o

T

f

3

• • •

•

4

O

EO o T S P e

o

f 3 O

S

e

C

Q

f

O C f 3

• •

1

O3

f O ? -

e

o

f

T

3

O

S 

r H

R

d

n

m

o

e

s

e

n

s

g

s

g

v

R

m

o

o

h

d

o

e

o

e

s

g

s

g

v

R

s

c

n

y

c

e

n

R

m

o

s

o

w

h

s

p

R

r

e

s

s

o

w

h

u

u

o

s

e

n

s

g

s

H

n

o

s

e

n

g

P

e

u

e

r

s

a

n

m

a

e

N

s

f

o

m

p

m

p

u

O

e

f

o

m

g

a

O

o

w

e

a

a

m

.

M

a

n

p

w

a

a

m

C

o

p

w

a

a

m

.

O

o

a

a

m

P

f

a

u

e

a

a

m

1

o

w

Ht

H

O

>

S

c

3

•

^

M

^

i

^

3

D

O



SECTION 4.1 REPLACEMENT OF THE ACTUATOR SEALS

GLAND SEALS.

(See fig. 1.)

Upper gland seals. (Item 5).

Remove the upper gland ring. Remove the old gland seals.

Grease new seals, before they are inserted, and also apply grease before replacing gland ring.

Lower gland seals, (Item 6).

Same procedure as for the upper seals.

To facihtate reassembling of the lower gland ring, we recomm end lowering the gland ring by

means of two lengthened screws.

The seals to be cut apart for inserting around rudderstock and to be glued together (Use

LOCKTITE superglue

no.

495).

FIG. L

IMPORTANT

All seals are supplied in correct lengths and must NO T be sho rtened.

The correct way of inserting the gland seals is-shown in fig. 2.

PRESS PRESS PRES,

FIG.2.

36



SECTION 4.1 REPLACEMENT OF ACTUATOR SEALS.

(Continued) (See fig. 1.)

INTERNAL SEALS:

The following seals may be replaced without disconnecting the rotor from the rudderstock:

Cover ring seal - item 1

Vertical stopper seals with springs - item 2

Vertical vane seals with springs - item 3

Top vane seals - item 4

The following seals can be replaced only when the rotor has been dismounted JBrom the

rudderstock:

Lower vane seals - item 4

Bottom ring seal - item 1

- Drain the actuator for hydraulic oil through the bottom drain holes.

- Make sure that the vent plugs are open.

- Remove the actuator cover.

- Inspect actuator and cover. Clean, use rags.

Replace seals in this order:

A. When rotor has been dismounted from rudderstock and lifted out of the housing:

1.

Bottom ring seal

2. Lower vane seal

After the rotor has been lowered in to the housing:

3.

V ertical vane seals with springs

4. Vertical segment seals with springs

5. Top vane seals

6. Cover ring seal

B. When rotor is still attached to rudderstock:

1. Cover ring seal

2.

Vertical vane seals wdth springs

3. V ertical segment seals with springs

4. Top vane seals

No te Grease/Grease all new seals before assembly as shown on drawing 33637E.

Assemble the actuator and fill up with oil. (See oil filling procedure).

37



SECTION 4.2 CONTROL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE

THRUST BEARINGS (See assembly dwg.)

CONTROL OF THE THRUST BEARING:

1. Close the shut off valves for the expansion pipes.

2.

Drain oil from the actuator.

3. Rem ove the gland ring and gland seals.

4. Rem ove the cover of the actuator.

5. Be sure that the rudder shaft is aligned and is not bending.

6. Use feeler gauge and check the clearance between rotor-vanes and bottom of housing; Min.

clearance is 0,10 mm .

CHANGE O F THE THRUST BEARING:

1. Drain oil from the actuator

2.

Rem ove the gland ring and the gland seals.

3. Remove the cover of the actuator.

4. Dismoun t the rotor from the rudderstock, (see section 2.1). Important Secure rudderstock.

5.

Remove the old bearing (splitted in 4) and mount the new ones.

6. Attach the rotor to the rudderstock again, (see section 2.1).

7. Assemble cover, gland seals and gland ring.

8. Fill the actuator with oil and vent, (see section 2.2).

9. The actuator is now ready for trial.

38



SECTION 4.3 CONTROL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE LINERS

(See assembly drawing.)

CONTROL OF THE LINERS:

1.

Rem ove the upper and lower gland rings and gland seals.

2.

Use feeler gauge and control that clearances between the rotor and the liners, A and B , are

within limits. Be sure that the rotor is in center.

3.

The clearances in the liners can be checked by removing the cover. Mechanical contact

between the rotor and the housing, cover or stoppers, indicates too big clearances. It can also

indicate that the actuator and rudderstock are out of

line.

This should be checked.

REPLACEMENT OF THE LINERS:

1. Close the shut off valves for the exp . pipes, (see arr.dwg).

2.

Drain oil fi'om he actuator.

3.

Remove the gland ring and the gland seals.

4. Rem ove the cover.

5. Dismoun t the rotor from the rudderstock (see section 2.1).

6. Low er the rudderstock or loosen the foundation bolts and lift the actuator off the rudderstock.

7. Press out the old liners.

8. Fit the new liners. (Freeze if necessary).

9. Check the inner diameter of the replaced liners, and the outer diameter of the "rotomeck" to

control that the clearances, A and B, are within limits. If not, grind the inner surfaces of the

liners.

10. Put the rudderstock and/or the actuator back in position.

11. A ttach the rotor to the rudderstock again (See section 2.1).

12. Fit cover, glandseals and glandrings.

13.

F ill actuator with oil and vent (See section 2.2)

14 The steering gear is now ready for sea trial.

39



PP

SECTION 4.4 THE PUMP UNIT - CHANGE OF THE PUMP

(See Power Pack arrangement dra win g))

1. Unscrew the bolts and hft the cover off the tank.

2. Disconnect SAE flanges and pipes.

3. Loosen the bolts and disconnect the electric motor from the pum p.

4. Disconnect the coupling from the pump shaft.

Change the elastic part of coupling if necessary.

5. Unscrew the bolts and change the pump.

6. Reassemble in opposite order.

40



PPS

SECTION 4.4-1 THE PUMP UNIT - CHANGE OF THE ELASTIC RINGS

(See arrangement drawing and partlist for Power P ack)

1. Unscrew the hexagon head screws which fasten th e electric motor to the bellhousing.

2. Lift off the el. mo tor.

3.

Remo ve the old elastic ring.

4. The new elastic ring to be inserted, and the el. motor to be remounted.

SECTION 4.4-2 THE PUMP CARTRIDGE -CHANGE OF THE BALL BEARING

(Dwg . 44702 - Part no. 170.)

1. Unscrew the hexagon screw, and remove the seal cover.

2.

The shaft sealing-housing/be aring-housing, to be withdraw n after the fixing bolts have

been unscrewed.

3. Circlips and washers, to be removed.

4. The ball bearing , to be withdraw n from the shaft.

5. Insert the new ball bearing on the shaft. Insert supporting washers and the circlips.

6. Assem ble the shaft sealing-housing/bearing-ho using and the seal cover, and tighten the

bolts.

SECTION 4.4-3 THE PUMP CARTRIDGE-CHANG E OF THE SHAFT SEAL RING

(Dwg 447 02 - Part no.52.)

1. Unscrew the hexagon screw, and remove the seal cover.

2. The shaft sealing-housing/bearing-housing, to be withdrawn after the fixing bolts have

been unscrewed.

3. The old shaft seal rings, to be remo ved.

4. Insert the new shaft seal rings.

Important: Do not forget to insert the supporting ring , in correct position.

5. Assemble the shaft sealing-housing/bearing-housing and seal cover, and tighten the

bohs.

39



SECTION 5

DRAWINGS

40



SECTION 5.0

DRAWING LIST

Description:

General arrangement

Rudder actuator - assembly

Part list

Hydraulic circuit diagram

Safety relief valve

2"

Automatic Lock valve

Pump unit type PPSM 2 "

Part list Pump Unit

Listritz Pum p Cartridge

Control valve for pump un it

Part list Control va lve

Top end of rudderstock

Steering Loss and Recovery

Lubrication Chart changing of seals

Hydraulic nut

Transmitter A rr. FB40 unit

Spare Parts

DrawinsNo.:

15398

14595

P81453

44896

23317

44299

13882

P81452

44702

23710

P80536

14224

32897

33637E

23536

24123

P80859

41

Space for

renoval of

el. no tor

S T O R A G E

T A N K

Mi n.

500

Litre

Y A R D S U P P L Y

1450

Actuator

Pump

unit

Ei motor

Oil volume

E A C H

300

T OT A L

170

600

Weight

E A C H

200

T OT A L

3900

1000

400

A LLOWA B LE D Y NA M IC LOA D

tillott dynamisk belastning

AX I AL ak s i ol

(kN)

Qc

500

A c

100

A p

1000

C

CONTINUOUS

kontinuerlig

P P E A K

VALUE

spissverdi

R A D I A L

(kN)

R c

1400

to kN

~ 1 T O N

{yjJPort solenoid,

When giving

o

signal

at Y,

(current

or

push)

the rudder will rotate

to port.

{Y2)S torboord solenoid

Wien giving

a

signal

at Y2,

(current

or

push)

the rudder will rotate

to starboard.

\STORAGE\ ^

G L A N D P O S I W N

W H E N C H A N G E OF S E A L ,

T A N K

Two manhole

mn. 300 x 500

to

be

mad e

in

steering gear

f ound at i on. Acces s neces s ary

for replacing gland ring

and

stuffing

box.

Manhol e

to be

located opposite each other

Pi pe 28x2

Yard s uppl y

l y - ^

666

313 313

I

\

{

T

>g3r

^12

cc

CO

o

« 1 .

1

><

X — X - ^

S T B D P R O X I M I T Y

SWITCH. S7-P1

Pipe 060,3x5,5

Yard s uppl y

^

0— — O-

S T B D . S O L E N O I D Y 2 - P 1 ^

H Y D . MOUNTING RUDDERST

( C O N N E C V O N )

LOCK N U T

' OR NYLOCK N U T

S P A C E R

F O U N D A T I O N

FIT

BOLT

M E C H A N I C A L R U D D E R A N C L E S C A L E

.-*—'•^

A——

o 0 c

Uf

\ L O W L E V E L SWITCH, S7

P O R T S O L E N O I D , Y l - P I

P O R T P R O X I M I T Y

SWITCH,

S6-PI

S T B D . P R O X I M I T Y

SWITCH,

S7-P2

S T B D . S O L E N O I D ,

Y2~P^

h o w L E V E L

SWITCH, S12\

P O R T S O L E N O I D,

Y1-P2

P O R T P R O X I M I T Y

SWITCH, S6-P2

M O U N T I N G

ON

S T E E L C H O C K S

S E C T I O N

X~X

FORWARD

— ^

FI LLI NG

OF

OI L

r. ,-rr.. . TIGHT

F IT T IN G ^ ^

B O L T D A TA B O L T

^

S T A N D A R D

Q U A N T I T Y

D I M E N S I O N

M A T E R I A L

S T A N D A R D

TENSILE STRENGTH

YIELD

P O I N T

ELONCA TtON

TIGHTENING T O R Q U E

DIN

610

NS

1848

12

058 - M56

S T E E L

DIN 17200

NS 1 3 5 4 3

I S 0 /R6 3 0 - F E 5 2 - C

510 N/mm

355 N/mm^

§5 = mn 22'/-

4000

Nm

Outline

and

mounting drawings

14224

24123

32407

32797

2802

44896

To p

end of

rudderstock

FB40 with limit switches

Pressure gauge, actuator

Pres s ure gauge, power pack

Hydraulic mounting of actuator 00.46.02

Hy d raul i c d i agram

.^

M O U N T I N G OFPI PE 022x2

^^ HULL N0(S) : X Z040413/ H/ I5/ 16/ I 7/ I 8

M O U N T I N G O E PIP E 060,3x5.5

J I N L I N G S H I P Y A R D

Y A R D :

HULL N0(S) :

JLZOI0104/05/06/07 JLZ03040I/02

FRYDENB0/0RDER S)

N O ( S ) :

7488-7489 and 7515-7519


Y A R D :

HULL N0(S) : JLZ030403-04 and JLZ04040I-04

FRYDENBO/ORDER S)

N0(S) :

7796-7801

and

7824-7827

Y A R D :

HULL N0(S) :

FRYDENBO/ORDER S) NO(S) :


J.Z040409/W/II/I2

7961-7964

Y A R D :


FRYDENBa/ORDER S)

NO(S) :

8225-8230

Max. working pressure:

80 bar

Max. d es i gn pres s ure:

100 bar


actuaor: 100 bar

Relief valve setting power

pack 80 bar

1 2 H O L E S

056

R E A M F O R T I G H T F I T T IN G B O L T

058 H6/ n6

Note foundation bolts

ore not

RRM -Fry d enb o d el i very

nai B01 m

B L O C K

DIAGRAM

S P A R E P A R T S

LI MI T

SWITCH

A R R

PRESSURE GAUGE

POWER P A C K

RUDDER ACTUA T O R

32897

24123

3 32407

13882

14595

A R R A N G E M E N T

RV 8 5 0 - 3 2 X 46.5-

^ Rolls-Royce

R oU s -R oy c e Mar i ne AS

MH I tm ip Cvsrs - FryMuM

H-az7

Ha«av>

See seperate spare part l ist

F B - 4 0

UNIT

for Actuator

P P S M

2"

s maf

RV 850-3

2x465-

1:10

m 27.U.03

M 28.11.03

15596

15398

ngiwa

.liEsaa

Rolls-Royce

Unit no.:

Unit description:

Drawing no:

P81453

ACTUATOR RV 850-3 2X46,5

14595

Partlist

Print date:

Page 1

of2

Designed by:

Design date:

28.09.200

MM

01.12.2003

Item no.

Part no.

Part description

Qty. Unit

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

h

02

03

05

06

07

08

08

09

10

11

f

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

3282-507

4 41363

44795

44799

N10482

N34302

N34343

14205

15286

15399

2 32127

1 23317

2 41601

2 23315

4 23315

45001

P80870

441711-1

33034-6

33293-01

202-738

400-021

400-025

400-030

N31112

N16674

LOCKING SCREW F/PACKING BRICK

LABEL FOR ACTUATOR

SQUARE WASHER FOR PACKING

LABEL

RIPPLE PIN FIL.HEAD0 3X5 DIN1476

EYE BOLT M42

PACKING BRICK (WOOD)

ROTORHOUSING RV850-3

COVER RV450-2

ROTOR 2X46,5

GLAND UPPER & LOWER

SAFETY VALVE

PRESSURE VALVE

BRACKET FOR RUDDER ANGLE SCALE

RUDDER ANGLE SCALE

POINTER

INTERNAL SEALS

0-RING GLAND

COVER SEAL HS

120-

RV 650

0-RING FOR GLAND

0-RING

64,50 X 3,00

BONDED SEAL

BONDED SEAL

1/2 BSP

BONDED SEAL

1"

BSP

VENT. PLUG ER 1/4" DIN910-2

PLUG 1/2" BSP DIN 910 CADM.

7,00

1,00

7,00

1,00

4,00

2,00

7,00

1,00

1,00

1,00

2,00

1,00

6,00

1,00

1,00

1,00

1,00

4,00

1,00

2,00

2,00

8,00

7,00

2,00

8,00

6,00

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

Rolls-Royce Marine AS

=-,vi'c'lo ri+4""li-';7

1C ( T ' T l l .

I . j >+ 4 ' ' : '

i C H ^ . l "

r

mail f'V'icrl'Cj tml'« i^yce com H 'Tii'pri'.c

A-WA 'O'I*-

'n/ct •" m

Bar k.'-i Nr-rd- ,i t . i rk N i ' J i. AS / ' . t,'.Ll Cl'i oj ' i fO Sv.r l ' cod ' XIAN\0-<KdoO

F n ' - i . T r ri.rn'jcr NO " iJJ " •" 79 .fC

i G J Z C i

B S I S

mipm

Rolls-Royce

Unit no.:

Unit description:

Drawing no:

P81453

ACTUATOR RV 850-3'2X46,5

14595

Partlist

Print date:

Page 2 of 2

28.09.200

Designed by: I V I I V I

Design date:

01 .12 .2003

Item no. Part no.

Part description

Qty. Unit

20

21

22

24

25

I

6

27

28

29

30

31

32

40

41

42

^ 3

2 42140

GE 22-LR2

3241-387

3261-352

3262-378

3451-834

3241-789

44735

2 44334

3293-424

144299

N10135

3262-371

2422-913

2 41972

3262-373

N16672

PLUG 1" BSP WITH 1/4" HOLE

PIPE FITTING

ALLEN SCREW

M

12X80 D1N912

HEX. HEAD SCREW M 10X120 NS5720 8

HEX.SCREW M12X 35 DIN933 8.8

WASHER 031 BRB HB200 HARDENED

CYL.HEAD SCREW M30X150 12.9

EXTRACTING SCREW

ADJUSTING SCREW

1.1/4

BSP

NUT M12 ISO 4032-8 BLACK

LOCKVALVE 2"

W/SAE

W.FLANGE

0-RING ANGUS R4150 R142

HEX. HEAD SCREW Ml2X16

PLUG

1

1/2" BSP

PRESSURE NIPPLE 1/4"


PLUG 1/4" CADM. DIN910

2,00

1,00

2,00

6,00

24,00

36,00

36,00

4,00

4,00

4,00

2,00

2,00

3,00

4,00

1,00

1,00

1,00

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK


N^4*7HJ^ö.lK NC'v^ay

' - A r ' h b c . i . t ' < 4 r a t

n 'b

C) I t ' l l a>

••'.7 V,

3 0 b 2 - 1

r m( j I f ' j ' l t nb u i n l 's fOyi,»- c j n hcn u

p.iCiC

MW A 'n ' l * " i - i i T i

3 j r i i v " . N j n a F , T k N i ' y A S A f S O l 0== M l v j C t « . . f r - ic i ; X I A N N O K K ? j O

t n c p T i u r u n b . - N O °9'' 171 "i7<j v AT

^

LS

Æ

Ißr

[ F J

0 ^

mo

L

/ •

^

^ / \ ^ / \ ^ / s y \ ,

(2)-(xK>.

4>

r H^

to/from

actuator

am

[KT

0 ^

PS

XW)

/

y

<-

\

PS

. c ^

J

4 ) •• Pt/S/y ÖLTTOA/

PS

; PRESSURE SWITCH

LS : LE V E L S W IT C H

^^^å

^ ^ N O T E ; VALUES F O R R E L IE F V A L V E SETTINGS A N D P U M P F LO W A R E GIVEN

IN

FRYDENBÖ

TECHNICAL D A T A SHEET- 04.45.01-3 - AS WELL AS IN INSTRUCTION M A N U A L .

^

09.12

05

A n t a l l

Quan.

G J e n s t a n d

Ti t le

Po s. nif,

Iten

TegnyMrk.nr.

Dwg./Mark.no.

Merknod

Renarks

O R M

^

l-iyd raulic C ircuit Diagram

M & l e s t o k k

Scale

1:10

Tegn .

G B

Kon-tr.

98.07.05

24.0 0B.Oi

2005 2000

T i l h ø r e r

R e f . "tegn. nr.

H R

2"

Modulated Flow Valve

- 5

Vane

y^^ i \

2103

2000

11.02

2000

O R M S P

Tegn.nr ,

Rolls-Royce

R o l l s - R o y c e M a r i n e

AS

dep.

S t e e r i n g G e a r s - F r y d e n b b

N-5217 Hagovik

44896

D

"V "

w .

© Q)

A

A

B-B

A-A

E-E

'^^^zzz.

"zsr

G

\ii^

fc^

c-c

H i l l

A S S E M B L Y

O E

B I S C S P R I N G

T O

B E 2

B I S C S

IN

E A C H

B I R E C T I O N

-

T O T A L L Y

36

B I S C S

O N S P R I N G

JH

SP

^ - ^

U R I O R , S P

5

72

Antol

Ouon.

P L U G

P L U G

D-RING

B O N D E D S E A L

B O N D E D S E A L

B O N D E D S E A L

P L U G

BALL

DISC SPRING

SP RIN G d=0,63D=8 L=S4,5

SP RIN G d=B,5 D=1E,5L=67,1

BALL

V E N T P L U G

CA P

N U T

A D 3 U S T I N G S C R E ¥

N U T

SPIN D LE

P I L O T P I S T O N

P L U G

M A I N P I S T O N

VA L V E H O U S I N G

GJensond

Ti te

E l

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

Poa. n r

Item

1/4' Re

1/4' BSP

037,5x3

1/2' BSP

1/4' BSP

1 1/2' BSP

1/8' BSP

03/8'

018x8,2x0,8

N O 21560

N O 12970

05/8'

41811

40112

2 44202

40109

40111

-41810

44137

44480

23316

Tegn.^r1t.nr.

OW9. M ark.no.

S A F E T Y V A L V E

Hy draulic Steering Gear

Rolls-Royce

R o l l s - R o y c e M a r i n e A S

dep Stvcrag Geon - Frydwibö

N-5217 HogovO

BIN 906

DIN 906

S K E

36 DISCS O N E A C H S P I N D L E

S T

S T

S T

S T

S T

S T

S T

S T

S T

Un<<nad

Remarks

; • • ;

Tegn.

SP 29.07.98

Tegn nr.

23317

http://ark.no/

http://ark.no/



't.

2

SAE ELANGE

7 N 5 17 04 ^ ^ 5 00 0 P S I

1 8 C Y L

HEAD SCREW

5241-579 M l2x40 N S 5755 12.9

2

O-RING

74,5 X 5,0 5 202-740

2

O-RING

56,75x5,55 5 200-228

^

2

L O C K

VALVE

2"

25257

Antall

Quon.

^

1112

2002

Gjenstand

Title

Pos. nr

Item

Tegn./Mrk.nr.

Dwg./Mark.no.

Merknod

Remarks

JS

^

20.02

95

^

^

Maiestokk

Scale

2"

LO C K V A LV E

1:4

Tegn.

R U H

Kontr.

Tilhører

Ref. tegn. nr.

R V -, E O R P I P E 0 60 /0 60 ,5

01.07.9 J

mo3

93_

R U H

Rolls-Royce

Tegn.

nr.

Rol ls-Royce Marine AS

dep. Steering Gears — Frydenbö

N-5217 Hagovfk

44299

USF [..OCTITE 243

<>

SOI xa net

^ ^ ^

POWER

P A C K P P S 2" - S m a ll

T$Hmrwr

BASS

Q Rolls-Royce

R oH s -R oy c * Mar i ne A S

N - 3 Z 1 7 H o g a v h

/.•5

G

29.04.98

Rrf. t»on. nr.

/J^^z'

Rolls-Royce

Partlist

Print dat e:

Page 1 of2

Unit no.:

Un i t descr ip t ion :

Drawing no :

P81452

POWER PACK PPSM 2" SMALL

13882

28.09.200

D es ign ed by : IVIIVI

Design date: 27.11 .2003

Item no. Part no. Part desc r ipt ion

Oty. Unit

00

00

00

00

01

02

t

04

04

05

33465-S8-PI

33465-S8-P2

P81328

P81430

Al 8542352

3262^71

45748

N34403

N34710

3451-224

06

06

06

07

08

09

10

11

|I14

115

12

13

14

15

16

16

17

42A24

42B48

42K

70153

70227

3242-206

P80536

3241-381

400-023

N16673

N10185

44689

70103

3262-335

24276

45734

3241-395

SIGN, CLOGGED FILTER SWITCH NO .l, P

SIGN, CLOGGED FILTER SWITCH N O.l, P

SIGNS PPS

CABLE GLANDS AND CABLE PROTECT

EL.M. 180L2 440V 60HZ 35KW


GASKET FOR BELLHOUSING

SCREW PUMP

PUMP BRACKET

WASHER 13 0 DIN 125

COUPLING 42/55 BORED 24MM

COUPLING MOTORSIDE 48MM

NYLON RING COUPLING 42/55

SOLENOID VALVE 24V DC

PLUG CONECTOR

CYL. HEAD SCREW M 5X30 STAINLESS

CONTROL VALVE PME 2"

ALLEN SCREW MI2X50 DIN912 12.9

BONDED SEAL 3/8"


0-RING 85,09 X 5,34

SIGNBOARD FOR EMERG.OPERATION

FILTER FK I099

HEX.SCREW MlOX 35 DIN933 8.8

MANIFOLD

GASKET FOR MANIFOLD

CYL.HEAD SCREW M l2X120

1,00

1,00

1,00

2,00

2,00

8,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

8,00 STK

2,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

4,00

8,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

6,00

1,00

2,00

8,00

2,00

2,00

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

SET

STK

STK

STK

STK

12,00 STK


D p p t S ' f ' v n g G m ' T'vt-r'n

N : . . "7KT ;a - ' k Non f . j ,

%t.fJ\1^."J

H47 •"id 3" I t 0 Jlc lef jx ' ' .7

K

3 ' s?

•••

r mal fryüTi' j^ s^rt-iw*

r^jc^

com Homrp^Ci' ' WWA rcl l ' r j v c t f c n

B,<r,K

f . N . rc e j Bf - I-

' J o a j :

ASA 6511 05 - . l l " jO

Sv.-.-

• T1.-> X A N N O < - « C . O



t'J'Vm

Rolls-Royce

Partlist

Print date:

Page 2 o f2

28.09.200

Unit no.:

Unit description:

Drawing no:

-P81452

POWER PACK PPSM

:2"

SMALL

13882

Designed by: I V I I V I

Design date:

27 .11 .2003

Item no.

Part no.

Part description

Qty. Unit

18

19

20

21

M

22

23

24

27

27

28

29

30

31

32

35

f38

41

67-69

70-73

GE 22-LR2

N16674

400-025

15766

3262-377

3451-224

32938

13357

45542

N34903

32797

70043

70040

3223-164

45233

3241-380

45097

32895

P80687

33497

PIPE FITTING


BONDED SEAL 1/2" BSP

COVER PUM P UNIT PPSM 2" 2X300L


WAS HER 13 0 D IN 125

GASKET

TANK 2 X 300 L

EXTENSION PIPE

BREATER FILTER W/DIPSTICK

PRESSURE GAUGE 160BAR

LOW LEVEL SWITCH

SEAL FOR LOW LEVEL SWITCH

SCREW M4X16, STAINLESS STEEL

PIPE 038x4

CYL. HEAD SCREW Ml2x45

RETURN PIPE AND FLANGES

PIPE CONNECTION WITH VALVE

LIFTING EYE

CONNECTION BOX

1,00

3,00

4,00

2,00

44,00

44,00

2,00

1,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

4,00

2,00

16,00

2,00

1,00

8,00

2,00

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK


D " pl " t c " " r j G ' a " F r , i " ' h o

N 3/* 7 : aqc* k Non^.iy

= A - r j " r ü - 4 7 W 5 7 l bC P T cl .f -i > --1 7 5F 3 0 t / 4 "

r nii i

I

fr\ Ji *'u

J

'Cl

*•

ny I ' ,fn H^ rn To jc vw.v 'cl's r^ i i t l

r i l - k c " .

N-iT.-'a

Fa-.k '»crjr 'C. " OST 0"; • I j-jö f/ . f • ode X'V-N C- KB (jO

ri crpTjon „mLc - NO a*T 171 3 'S -A '

tau

r^

'S»



180

69

70

45

46

^ 1

discharge-side

lange connection

AE J518c 3000 PSI

150/151

31

(G E O M E T R Y F O R S I ZE 8 0 + 9 0)

Part No.

1

45

46

50

52

53

69

70

150

151

170

172

173

180

Part name

P U M P CARTIDGE

COVER DRIVING S I D E

F L A T S E A L

MOUNTING SGREW

S H A F T SEALING R I N G

C I R C L I P

L O C K I N G SGREW

S E A L I N G R I N G

DRIVING S P I N D L E

I D L E R S P I N D L E

GROOVED

B A L L B E A R I N G

S U P P O R V N G DIS C

C I R C L I P

K E Y

AntQl l

Quan.

G J e n s t a n d

T i t l e

Pos.

ru:

1-ten

T e g n . / M r k . n r .

Dwg. /Mark .no.

M e r k n a d

R e n a r k s

M & l e s t o k k

Scale

L E I S T R I T Z P U M P C A R T R I D G E

Tegn.

S S W J 1 .9 5

Kon-tr.

O R M

20.11.95

T i l h ø r e r

R^nge.

LJM F IF O K O -W

Ref . " tegn. nr.

Size. 25 - 90

E1606189

^ ^

18.11

2002

D R H

Rolls-Royce

T e g n . n r .

Ro Us -Ro y c e Ma r i n e AS

dep. S tee r ing Gears - Fryd enbb

N-5217 Hagavik

44702

^i

æM

A nt al l

Q u a a

GJenstand

Tl-tle

Pos. ni. Tegn./Mrt<jir.

DwQiHcMScna

C O N T R O L V A L V E P M E 2 '

W / H Y D R . L O C K

Q Rolls-Royce

R o l l s - R oy c e M ar ine AS

dvp Ste«Hng Gvors - FryetenbÖ

N-S217 Hagavlh

Herknad

Renorks

J R H

01.U.96

1:2.5

Ref. tegn. nr.

2J7W

i

lasFTO

Ul'ViH

p ^

1 I ' ' P ^ ~

Rolls-R<

Unit no .:

Unit description:

Drawing no:

Item no. Part no.

01 13583

02 2 21357

03

4

41120

04 33002

04 33002

^ 0 5 N31704

06 3241-380

07 3241-477

08 200-243

09 N10141

10 400-030

11 44553

12 70028

12 70028

13 N10129

14 44551

^ 5 2 41409

16 1250712

19 23234

20 2 41407

21 4 M5/343

22_ 200-136

23 3261-382

23 3451-224

i

^

Dyce

P80536

CONTROL VALVE PME 2"

23710

Part description

Partlist

Print date :

Page

1

of2

Designed by:

Design date:

HOUSING, 2" PME CONTROL VALVE

SPOOL

SPRING FOR CONTR.V.

END COVER

1996-1999 KAN 2 32672 VÆRE BRUKT IS

FLANGE AF S108ST-60,3.2"

CYL. HEAD SCREW Ml2x45

CYL. HEAD SCREW Ml6X60 NS 5735 1

O-RING

0-RING 56,74 X 3,53

BONDED SEAL

1"

BSP

LOCK NUT

INITIATOR BID2-G180-RP6/S212

INITIATOR BID2-G180-RP6/S212

O-RING

ANGUS 3,53 X 28,17

SLEEVE FOR PROXIMIT SWITCH

WASHER

REDUCTION PG13,5 - PG9

ADAPTOR PLATE

PISTON BYPASS VALVE

SPRING

O-RING 050,47

XL2,62

R3200

HEX.SCREWM12X55DIN931 8.8

WASHER

13

0 DIN 125

,. , Rc s-R6yce Marine AS

Dept Steering Gears - Frydenbo

'• _N-5217 Hagavik. Norway

. _ i ; ' , ' - ,

. ' Switchb oarij+47 56 57 16 00 Telef ax+4 7 56 30 82

41-,

' v ^ ' ^ ' " E-mail frydénbo@ro ls-TOyce com H omepage* www roIls-royce.com'

Bankere- Nord ea B ank Norge ASABOTI .05.6366 0 Swift cod e XIANNOKKBGO

Enté rpnse number. NO 980 371 379 VAT .

Qty.

1,00

1,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

8,00

8,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

2,00

1,00

1,00

1,00

1,00

6,00

6,00

A "

.

28.09.200

ORM

01.11.1996

Unit

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

STK

':' K '

'

f^

IS ISO DOCS BEHTICISERT BEOffFT

http://roils-royce.com/

http://roils-royce.com/



Essm

EEES

Rolls-Royce

-Unit no.:

Unit description:

Drawing

no:

P80536

CONTROL VALVE PME 2

23710

Partiist

Print date:

Page 2 of

2

28.09.200

Designed by: ORM

Design date:

0 1 . 1 1 . 19 9 6

Item no. Part no. Part description

Qty. Unit

24

25

N10I02

2422-805

0-RING

11,91 X2,62

PLUG 1/8 BSPT BS2470

5,00 STK

4,00 STK

Rolls-Royce Marine AS.

' ' Dcpt Steenng Gears - Frydenbo^* ' ;'',

. . - t ' " ' ;

N-5217

Hagavik. Norway ' ' „ ;' x ' ^

SwitchboanJ +47 56 57 16 00 Telefax +47 56 30 82

41" .

'

E-mail. frydenbo@rolls-royce com Homepage, www.rolis-royce.com

Bankere NonJea^Bank

Norge*

ASA

6501

05 63660 Swift code XIANNOKKBGO

:

4 *• '•.. .

''\' ';^ Enterpnse number NO 980

371

379 VAT;

_

E l ^

SP

l^g^

f r o »

f ? 3

S(S ISO 0X3 GSttFtSGnr BEQRF'

http://www.rolis-royce.com/




I M P O R T A N T I

M l 2 ( E A R T H B O L T )

H O L E S / M 2 0

^

E X E C U T I O N O F LO C K I N G P L A T E M U S T B E M A D E A S S H O W N A B O V E

P O S I T I O N O F M 2 0 T H R E A D H O L E T O B E A L IG N E D W I T H C E N T R E O F

S T O C K T O O B T A I N A C C U R A T E R E A D I N G S F O R L I M I T SWITCHES A N D

R A I T R A N S M I T T E R

I F T H E H O LE I S N O T I N C E N T R E T H I S M A Y D A M A G E T H E F E E D B A C K

A R R A N G E M E N T A N D W O R S T C A S E C A U S I N G S T E E R I N G F A I L U R E I

R U D D C R S TO C K T O AT UA RK I D

mm A ro R-A NO -m

H R K

U2Wx6

U2Wx (Allemarte threads) . ^

UNDERSIDE ACTUATOR FLANGE

NOTE: TOLERANCE O F TAPER:

D-K=45±0,05 FOR L=645+0,1

U2Wx6

U2Wx 2 (All/malive threads)

„ ^

Scale I: I

1

»240 H 7

> JS5 qS

B - B

Scale 1:1

NOTE: Threads to be made by Yard

^ ^ ^ ^

T O P E N D O F R U DDE R S TO O K

RV5 5 0 - 2 & RV8 5 0 - 3

Rolls-Royce

1:5

JS

Ral . l avi . nr.

14188

s.

06.99

14224



E

1

Z

l

P

C

l

=

=

E

:

>

P

^

^

c

P

^

i

^

[

=

^

^

1

f

=

r

=

1

=

1

C

=

^

2

P

^

p

=

o

>

1

^

C

X

I

2

C

c

P

P

E

I

P

f

=

L

o

C

P

f

P

L

p

e

P

i

O

^

_

l

=

L

o

c

^

H

c

2

O

N

I

N

N

H

d

n

I

f

=

L

>

1

I

>

Pf

=

L

O

^

d

H

f

d

3

N

0

N

O

M

T

O

i

p

p

^

H

>

3

1

=

1

=

1

PP

H

c

^

p

i

>

~

P

i

P

i

P

E

1

E

1

s

«

d

H

o

N

o

m

v

s

d

n

.

=

P

3

I

p

—

P[

p

f

p

=

^

D

P

x

q

P

i

P

^

P

P

=

=

pE

1

c

^

>

.

^

p

p

P

i

H

P

:

>

-

=

^

P

=

1

—

P

P

i

^

P

P

P

p

x

P

p

p

p

=

-

=

P

P

P

P

^

P

X

L

P

E

1

P

=

i

x

P

c

^

p

p

>

f

P

i

p

c

P

x

z

p

P

C

P



R A D I A L B E A R I N G

G L A N D S E A L S

R I N G S E A L

C O V E R

D - R I N G

S E A L

T H R U S T B E A R I N G

R A D I A L B E A R I N G

R O T O R

V A N E S E A L

LUBRICATION CHART FOR ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

SEALS AND

0-RINGS

SHALL BE LUBRICATED

ACCORDING TO SPECIFIACTION GIVEN BELOW.

GREASE; MOBILITH SHC460 (SYNTHETIG)

-GLAND SEALS

HYDRAULIC OIL; ISO VG68;

-RINGSEAL

-ROTOR VANE SEALS

-STATOR SEGMENT SEALS

-RADIAL BEARINGS

-THRUST BEARINGS

-0-RINGS FOR VALVES

S T A T O R

S E G M E N T S E A L

Antall

Ouan.

Gjen stand

Title

Pos.

nr

I tem

Tegn. /Mrk.nr.

Dwg. /M ork.no.

L U B R I C A T I O N C H A R T

Tilherer

F r y d e n b ' d R V Desipn

Rolls-Royce

Ro l ls-Royce Mar ine AS

dep.

Steering Ge ars — Frydenbö

N-5217 Hogavilt

Merlcnod

Remarks

MAIestokk

Scale

MO

Tegn.

D R M

Kontr.

06M04

Ref. tegn. nr.

Tegn.nr.

33637E

http://ork.no/

http://ork.no/

Scale hl

325

1/VBSP

5x45

/ — A j

/

'Mb

y

s

5,4

^ $ ^ $ $ $ $

S X \ \ N . \ . X \

^

' ^

^

vnXWW"

^ ' ' ' ' ^ ^ * X X X X

1

H 1 2

:^

/ '

\sJB,

\

^

"2

1x45'

• ^

1

. 1 < ^

1 <VJ

6j\

B-B

Scale hi

LOCK PLATE

fj

•Co ö—0— 0 O

I I I I

^ ^

J H M

mj H

toitoU

Ouan.

H E X . H E A D S C R M 2 4 x4 0

L D C K P L A T E

B O N D E D S E A L 1/4'

A I R R E L E A S E P LU G 1/4'

0 - R I N G

0 - R I N G

S T E E L P L A T E 4 0 M M

S T E E L P L A T E 1 5 0 M M

GJenstond

Ti Me

Pos. r

Iten

3262-670

45540

400-021

N31112

45793-03

45793-01

N21590

N22765

Tegn-ZMrkjir.

D«g. / Har{ui a

H Y D R

N U T

WI T H O U T T H R E A D S

Q Rolls-Royce

R o l l s - R o y c e M o r i n e A S

d»p. StffffHng Gvors Frydsrtob

N-3217 Haoavik

DIN 933

16kdn

POkdn

Herknad

R m o r k s

P5

DM

02.0S.95

23536

http://02.0s.95/

http://02.0s.95/



S Y L S C R E W S ( M 5) T O B E

M O U N T E D I N T O G E A R W H E E L

A N D S M A R T

f5

R I N A L M O U N T I N G T O B E

C A R R I E D O U T B Y Y A R D

A R T E R I N S T A L L A TION O N B O A R D

T H R E A D S M 2 0 T O B E

M A D E I N

LOCKRLATE,

I N C E N T E R O R R U D D E R S T O C K

C liain joint to be nnounted wit li cl ip

sid e down, and with the dipt sl i t

pointing towards chain.

-h

^H

_ t

^b nnnn pre-tension to b e ob tained during posit ioning of brack et pos. I

^ ^

AntQll

Quan.

C H A I N T E N S I O N E R

H E X .

H E A D S C R E W

W A S H E R

H E X . L O C K -

N U r

G E A R W H E E L

G E A R WH E E L S r B O S S -

S H A F T

F E E D B A C K U N I T

R A I

B R A C K E T

GJenstand

Title

Pot.

I t « n

NWJ98

5241-206

45745

NI66I5

5262-552

5451-222

5451-828

5296-028

N54885

45452

Teon. / Mrknr.

D«^ / Har

kno.

TRANSMITTER A R R

R V 450-2/550-2 & 650-J/850-J

Rolls-Royce


cep. StvvHng Gvois - Trydsnbb

N-9217 htegavk

M6XI2

M5X50

Ml0x25 8.8

T E N F J O R D T Y P E F B 4 0

Herknad

Renarks

Nfttestokk

Scole

1:5

Tegn.

JH

Ref. tegn.

tv.

24060

27.05.05

24125

mvm

i Rolls-Royce

Uni t .no . :

Un i t descr ip t ion :

Drawing

no:

P80859

SPARE PARTS

Partlist

Print date:

Page 1 of 1

Des igned by:

Design date:

28.09.200

FIVl

02.07.1999

lli>m

no.

Part

no.

Part descr ipt ion

Oty. Unit

01

02

03

33034-6

70105

P80623

COVER SEAL HS 120- RV 650

FILTER CARTRIDGE

GLAND SEAL SET.

1,00 STK

2,00 STK

1,00 STK


Dnp ' S T 'P nn^

G ' T '

- » - r v ' I ' r ' . s

S Ai l t ' . l , -u r d

• ,7

5(- 57 'f> COT ' I d m -'•.7 5n 3'j i<?

. 1 "

r-m.j'l fry'Jfri l i . j^j"o'ls fOyCi orTi Ho Ri e; -)c A - W A ' c ' l £ ' O / C k .

LCm

B ir .k-rs N T J I ;

I B. rk

•Jcr:j<'

ASA

^ 5^^^

M n v/J

S A

f

o o d f ». A t - ' J I y K - O G O

E

n

•••p-r...

p-mh •• \ 0 W j 171 J79 VA"

^

1 2 3 3 1

•K OiDUJL

IQI

•• Baa

« • ^ c r - i i i - = i -

http://unit.no/

http://unit.no/



SECTION 6

PARTS CATALOGUE

42



fSSBB

i Rolls-Royce

Frydenbö Steering G ear

SPARE PARTS FOR STEERmC GEAR-

ACTUATOR AND PUMP UNIT

YAR D: Jinling Shipyard

Steering gear type:

RV 850-3 2x4 6, 5 degrees

Hull no;

JLZ040409

JLZ040410

JLZ040411

JLZ040412

Page 1 of 1

PART L IST P80859

DATE: 28 September 2006

ORDERND: 7961-66

POS

1

2

3

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

DWG/PART.

NO.

70105

33034-6

P80623

441711-1

44791-2

42888

N34285

QTY.

2

1

1

4

2

1

1

PART DESCRIPTION

FILTER CARTRIDGE

COVER SEAL HS

120

- RV-650

GLAND SEAL SET CONSISTING OF:

0-RING FOR GLAN

OUTER 0-RING FOR GLAN

MOUNTING OF GLAN

GREASE MOBILIT

43



bbüfaU

Rolls-Royce

fOLLS-ROYCE MARIN E AS

N-5217

HAGAVIK

Norway

Your P. O.

Your Ref.

Order Date

:7964

.•OLE TH. ONARHEIM

:09.06.2005

Sales Order

Latest Rev. Date

Classification

Case manager

126590 Rev.:00

09.06.2005

GL

Oddbjørn Vad

Mail:

[email protected]

T e c h n i c a l s p e c i f i c a t i o n

Shipyard: Jinling Shipyard

Hull no.: JLZ040412

Pos. Qty.

no

Item No.

Description

Drawing No.

10

pes

+MC01-01

Motor controller (DOL)

Motor controller (DOL - HIGH) for bulkhead moun ting in the

steering gear room.

Power supply: 3x440V, 60Hz, 35,6kW, In=56A

Cable glands included.

W-1700-00-58

L-1799-00-01

20

pes

+AU04-03 Alarm unit

Alarm unit for bulkhead mounting in the engine control room

with interface to VDR.

F-803-23-02

ible glands included.

30

pes

+CM15-02

Alarm panel

Alarm panel for desk mounting in engine control room with alarm

light for overload, phase failure, power failure, low oil level,

hydraulic lock, clogged filter and push buttons for system test

and alarm acknowledge.

W-1450-00-01

35

pes

+CM14-01

Run/stop/autostart panel

Pump running/stop and autostart indication panel for desk

mounting in the engine control room.

W-1440-00-07

Rolls-Royce Marin e AS,

Dept. Steering gear - Tenf}ord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway

Tel.: +47 70 20 88 00 Fax.: +47 70 20 89 00 Enterprise no.: NO 98 0 371 379 MVA

Bankers: Nordea Bank Norge ASA. SWIFT: NDEANOKK Account

no.:

6550.05.18035

IBAN no.: NO91 65500518035 E-mail: tenf|[email protected] www.rol ls-rovce.com

Page 1 of 2

mailto:[email protected]


http://www.rolls-rovce.com/






EECB3

Rolls-Royce

%

os.

Qty.

no

Item No.

Description

Sales Order

126590

Drawing No.

40

pes

+CS02-01 Control system unit

Control system unit for bulkhead mounting on bridge with interface

to steering control system.

Cable glands included.

W-1220-00-00

L-1299-00-03

50

pes

+CU26-01

Control panel

Main control panel for desk mounting in forward bridge console

with start/stop push buttons, high/low rudder angle selestion

and common dimmer.

W-1325-01-02

L-1325-01-02

pes

+CM15-01 Alarm panel

Alarm panel for desk mounting in bridge console with alarm light

for overload, phase failure, power failure, low oil level,

hydraulic lock, clogged filter and push buttons for panel test

and alarm acknowledge.

W-1450-00-03

70 2 pes FB40 Feed back unit

Feed back units with limit switches.

A-10046

A-9703

W-1600-00-04

80 1 pes RD

Set of Standard Spare parts

Set of standard spare parts

pes

INSTRB

Instruction manual/final drawings.

Instruction manuals in English. (1 copy on CD)

Name plates in English.

Piping diagram

Cable diagram

: W - 1 1 2 5 - 0 2 - 2 4

Rolls-Royce M arine AS,

Dept. Steering gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tenn^ord, Norway

Te l-

+ 47 70 20 88 00 Fax.: +47 70 20 89 00 Enterprise no.: NO 980

371

379 MVA

Bankers: Nordea Bank Norge ASA. SWIFT: NDEANOKK Ac coun t no_- 6550.0S.18035

IBAN no.: N091 6550051 8035 E-mail: tenf|ord@rol s-royce.com wvvw.rolls-royce.com

Pa ge 2 of 2

http://wvvw.rolls-royce.com/

http://wvvw.rolls-royce.com/



i Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

C O N T E N T S

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR STEERING GEAR

0 GEN ERAL Page no.

4

0.1 Spare parts

0.2 Drawings and docu mentation.

0.3 W arnings and cau tions.

1 CONT ROL SYSTEM Page no.

5

LI General information

1.1.1

Definitions

1.1.2

Steering gear, solenoid operated pum ps

1.1.3

Steering gear, frequency controlled pum ps

L2 Control system CS...ser ies

1.2.1

System overview

1.2.2

General description

1.2.3

Specification pum p control card

•i-SrA Sp ec i f ica t io n aux. s tee r in g .

4-v3Té Pr inc ipal dra wi ng d ia gram

CONT ROL STATIONS Page no. 45

2.1

2.1.1

2.2

2.2.1

2.2.2

2.2.3

Control stations

Control stations overview.

Control panel CU...series

CU... general information

CU... control panel overview.

CU... control panel function.

2.3 Control equipment CM ...series

3T^T4

C M 10.. .

non

fo l lo w

up

s tee r in g lev e r

3^5T3 C M 2 0 . . . f o ll o w up s teer ing lovor

2.3.3 CM 30. .. alarm panel,

see

section

for

alarm system.

2 . 3 .4 C M 4 0 . . . M o t o r c o n t r o l l e r m o d u l e .

3 7^75 C M 50 . . . R u d d o r in d ica to r s , soo aoction for ru d d o r in d ica t io n s y s tem

2.4 Em ergency steering

2.4.1 Steering gear, solenoid operated pum ps

2.4.2 Steering gear, frequency controlled pum ps

Art.

No.

Rolls-Royce Marine AS ,

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-62 64 Tennfjord, Norw ay Page 1 of 111

Sign.,

date,

rev.

E-m ail: tenfjordØ.roils-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03,

Rev4

http://www.rolls-royce.com/




EEBEt

.fnamrar

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

CONTENTS

POWER U N I T

Page no. 63

3.1

3.1.1

3.2

3.2.1

3.2.2

3.2.3

General power u nit

Starting method

Motor controller MC...

Common function.

Steering gear solenoid operated pumps

Steering gear frequency controller steering pum ps

4 ^

4AA-

4r+^

RUDDER INDICATION SYSTEM Page no. 70

Rudder indication system

System overview

Toohnical specification rudder indication amplifier, 5801 RI05 00

Rudder indicator type CM30

rh^

5.1

5.1.1

5.1.2

5.1.3

5=3—

éT3T4-

é.3r3-

&:5rS-

A LA R M S Y S TEM

Page no. 73

Alarm unit AU04...

System overview

Technical specification

Alarm panel type CM50-.. .

Steering failure alarm typo ASH

System overview

Technical specification

Steering failure alarm panel

6.1

6.1.1

6.1.2

FEED BACK UNIT Page no. 82

Feed back unit FB.. .

General description

Assembly drawing feed back unit type FB40-

ArtNo.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4

Rolls-Royce Marine AS,

Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway

E-mail: tenfiord@,rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 2 of 111





Essm

ma^a^

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

CONTENTS

INSTALLA TION - RUNNING IN Page no. 83

7.1

7.1.1

7.1.2

7.1.3

7.1.4

7.2

7.2.1

7.2.2

7.2.3

7 T 2 T 4 -

7.2.5

7.2.6

7.2.7

7.3

7.3.1

7T^T3-

7T5T3-

? T 5 . 4 -

7.3.5

7.4

7.4.1

7.4.2

7.4.3

7.4.4

7.4.5

7.4.6

7.4.7

7.4.8

Installation

General information

Component location

External cables

Main supply.

Running-in

Motor controller M C . for solenoid operated pumps

Motor controller MC... for frequency operated pumps

Feed back unit FB...

Rudder indication system

Control system CS...

Other function control panel CU....

Alarm sys tem AU 04. . .

Deviation alarm system AS 1...

Interface external equipment.

General information.

Interface autopilot.

Interface joystick.

Interface Dynamic Position system

Interface voyage data recorder (VDR).

Harbour acceptance test .

Hydraulic test.

Emergency steering from steering gear room.

Alarm system

Main steering position

Aft. steering position.

Port wing steering position.

Stbd wing steering position.

External connection.

8 MA I N TEN A N C E - FAULT FINDING

Page no. 108

8.1

8.1.1

8.1.2

8.1.3

8.2

8.2.1

8.2.2

Maintenance

General information

Monthly test

Annual survey

Fault finding

Reason(s) for alarms

Fault finding when no alarms present.

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenfjordØ.rolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 3 of 111





jEsm

.liPIH^j

Rolls-Royce

IN S T R U C T IO N M A N U A L

GENERAL

0.1 Spare parts.

• Following information are required when order spare parts:

- Our order num ber, see instruction man ual.

- Yard and hull num ber.

- Part num ber, see label located on each unit.

- Draw ing num ber, see label located on each unit.

- Position number for the compo nent with reference to the drawin g.

0.2 Drawings and docu mentation.

• Our standard num bering of the pum p units starts from port and goes

to starboard side of the ship, hence instruction manuals are based upon this.

In case of other way s of numbe ring the pump u nits, special co nsiderations

must be taken when reading our instruction manuals where numbering of pump units

are included in the text or drawings.

Art. No . Rolls-Royce M arine AS,

iNSTRB-ELOOi-GB Dep t. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-626 4 Tennfjord, Norway Page 4 of 111

Sign., date,

rev. E-mail: [email protected] www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03,

Rev4







mm

faiwaa

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

GENERAL

0.3 W arnings and cau tions.

U N D ERTA K IN G A N Y WO RK EN V IS A G ED BY TH IS D O CU M EN T M A Y EITH ER

DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY CREATE RISKS TO ( I ) THE SAFETY AND HEALTH OF THE

PERSON UNDERTAKING THE WORK OR (2) THE STEERING GEAR AND/OR ITS

COMPONENTS WHILST THE WORK IS BEING UNDERTAKEN.

IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE USER TO ENSURE TH AT APPROPRIATE CONTR OLS

AND PRECAUTIONS ARE IDENTIFIED AND APPLIED IN RELATION TO THE WORK

EN V IS A G ED BY TH IS D O CU M EN T IN A CCO RD A N CE WITH RELEV A N T S TA TU TO RY ,

LEG A L A N D IN D U S TRY REQ U IREM EN TS TO PRO TECT TH E H EA LTH A N D S A F ETY O F

THE PERSONS UNDERTAKING THE WORK.

IT IS ALSO THE USER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT APPROPRIATE CONTROLS

AND PRECAUTIONS ARE IDENTIFIED AND APPLIED IN RELATION TO WORK

ENVISAGED BY THIS DOCUMENT TO PROTECT AGAINST RISKS TO THE STEERING

GEAR AND/OR ITS COMPONENTS WHILST THE WORK IS BEING UNDERTAKEN.

NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT, NOR ITS USE, IN ANY WAY ABSOLVES THE USER FROM

THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT THE CONTROLS AND PRECAUTIONS

REFERRED TO ABOVE ARE IMPLEMENTED.

IF ,

WH ILS T U N D ERTA K IN G A N Y WO RK EN V IS A G ED BY TH IS D O CU M EN T, Y O U

BECO M E A W A RE O F A N Y RO LLS -RO Y CE P RO D U CT D ES IG N RELA TED F EA TU RE

WHICH COULD CREATE RISK TO A PERSON UNDERTAKING WORK OR TO THE

STEERING GEAR AND/OR ITS COMPONENTS PLEASE CONTACT

ROLLS-ROYCE MARINE AS, Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, 6264 Tennfjord, NORWAY.

It is the use r's responsibility to make all relevant hazard identifications and risk assessments of all

the activities associated with the use of this document.

It is the use r's responsibility to design and implem ent safe system s of work and to supply safe

equipment (including, without limitation, safety equipment) and training (including, without

limitation, health and safety training) to anyone using this document to work on products to which it

relates.

A user without the relevant experience of working in accordance with this document or with

products, or similar products, to which it relates should seek appropriate advice to enable them to

identify the appropriate health and safety controls and precautions and controls and precautions to

protect against risks to the steering gear and/or its components whilst work is being undertaken.

Technical assistance can be sought from Rolls-Ro yce and will be subject to Rolls-R oyc e's terms and

conditions.

Art No. Rolls-Royce Marine AS,

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 TennQord, Norway Page 5 of 111

Sign., date,

rev. E-m ail: tenfiord(a).rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4





s s m

E^ai

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1.

CONTROL SYSTEM

1.1 Gener al information

1.1.1 Definitions

FU = Follow-up = Rudder moves to the rudder angle set by the operator,

(Analog steering signal).

NFU = Non-follow-up = Time dependent s teering. Rudder m oves as long as the operator

activates the steering lever, (on/off steering sig nal).

External steering = NFU or FU steering signal from external equipment as

joystick, autopilot or DP.

Steering mode = example: autopilot, joystick, DP, NFU, FU, etc.

Steering position = example: control panel with one several steering modes.

LED = Light emitting diode.

DP = Dynamic position.

EO = General alarm.

In-command = Steering mode/stand take over push button.

Art. No. Rolls-Royce Marine AS,

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 6 of 111

Sign.,

da te, rev. E-mail: [email protected] www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4







™ | INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1 Rolls-Rovce 1.

CONTROL SYSTEM

1.1.2 Steering gear, solenoid operated pumps

This system consist of a constant running pump driven by electric mo tor.

The rudder comm and signals to one of the solenoids on the manoeuvring valve w ill operate

the main spool and direct the oil flow from the corresponding pump to the chambers in the

actuator. The rudder will turn in the direction corresponding to the order signal. When the

selected order is reached, the valve will block the position of the rudder.

The manoeuvring valve is either

flanged

o the rudder actuator or the pump unit.

The actuator is normally supplied with two independent pump units each driven by an

electric m otor. The motor controller for the electric motor on each pump unit has separate

and independent supply from the switch boards.

The supply for the control system is powered from corresponding motor controller.

The two systems are therefore both hydraulically and electrically separated.

A fault in one system will therefore not interfere w ith the operation of the other unit.

1.1.3 Steering gear, frequency controlled pum ps

This system utilises a reversible hydraulic pump motor together with a frequency converter

for changing the speed and direction of the pump. The design gives smooth start and stop

of the steering gear and enables a accurate analog control system.

The power unit consist of

a

reversible pump unit, flexib le coupling and electric m otor

flanged to the top of actuator.

The rudder command signals operate the manoeuvring pump and direct the oil flow from the

corresponding pump to the cham bers in the actuator. The rudder will then turn in the

direction corresponding to the order signal. When the selected order is reached, the

manoeuvring pump w ill stop and the valve will block the position of the rudder.

The actuator is normally supplied with two independent pump units each driven by an

electric m otor. The motor controller (frequency converter) for the electric m otor on each

pump un it has separate and independent supply from the switch boards.

The supply for the control system is powered from corresponding motor controller.

The two systems are therefore both hydraulically and electrically separate and independent.

A fault in one system will therefore not interfere the operation of the other unit.

Art No.


lNSTm-EL003-GB Dept. Steering

Gear

- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page

7

of

111

Sign., date, rev. E-mail: [email protected] www.rolls-royce.com

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4







'EESm

.Esaai

Rolls-Royce

I N S T R U C T I O N M A N U A L

1. CONTROL SYSTEM

1.2 Control system CS ...se rie s

1.2.1 System overview

1.2.1.1

Description

• This section gives a general description of Tenfjord control system type

CS-**.

• The control system

CS-**

is designed to control electro- hydraulic steering gears w ith

solenoid operated valves or reversible pumps.

• The control system consist of:

• Pu mp control card (one for each pump) with following main functions:

- NFU steering.

- Interface to starter/motor controller.

The pump control card can be used as a separate control system.

• Aux. steering unit (one for two pumps) with following main functions:

- Interface for NF U and FU steering.

- Interface for two pum p control cards.

Art No. Rolls-Royce Marine AS,

INSTRB-EL003.GB Dep t. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 8 of 111

Sign.,

d ate, rev. E-mail: [email protected] www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4





mam

li5B33i

Rolls-Royce


1. CONT ROL SYSTEM

1.2.1.2 Block diagram

• System overview for steering gear with solenoid operated valves

I B R I D X I I B R I D G E I I B R I D G E I

I C O N I R O C I I C O N I P O L I I C O N m O L I

I P A N E L N O . A I I P A N E L N O . B I I P A N E L N O . ~ N ~ I

B R I D G E

T E N F J O R D

C O N T R O L S Y S T E U

T Y P E : C S - "

S T E E R IN G G E A R R O O M

I

M O T O R

I

' C O N T R D L L E R \

I N O - A I


I

M O T O R

I

' C O N T R O L L £ R \

I 1 r

I B R I D G E I I

I

C O N T R O L

I I

B R I D G E

C O N T R O L

I I S W D G f

I I

C O N T R O L

I

C O N T R O L

I I

C O N T R O L

I I

C O N T R O L

I

I p /i «a wo./( I I P/<w£i « a e i i P / M / E .

NO.'N'

I

T E N F J O R D

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M N O .A

TYPE: CS-


Figure 1.1

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4



E-mail: [email protected] www.rolls-royce.com

Page 9 of 111



üppm

I3SB3

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1. CONTROL SYSTEM

• System overview for steering gear with reversible pumps

B R I D G E

I B R I O C C I I B R I D G E I I B R I D G E I

I C O N T R O L I I C O N T R O L I I C O N T R O L I

I P A N E L N O . A I I P A N E L N O . B I i P A N E L N O . "N ~ I

- J L .

l E N F J O R D

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M

TYPE: C S - "


I M O T O R I

\ C O N T R O L L E R

I

N O - A

I M O T O R I

I C O N T R O L L E R l

N O . t


I S f f i /OCf I

I C O N T R O L I

I P A N E L N O . A I

B R I D G E

C O N T R O L

P A N E L N O . B

I SR/DCf I

I C O N T R O L I

I P A N E L N O . " N " I

T E N F J O R D

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M N O . A

T Y P E C 5 - "

T E N F J O R D

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M N O B

T Y P E C S - "

F E E D B A C K U N I T Figure 1.2

Art No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4



E-mail: tenfiord(a),rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 10 of 111

http://controller/

http://controller/



http://controller/



Emm

i^SM

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1.

CONTROL SYSTEM

1.2.2 Gen eral description

1.2.2.1

Main function

The control system consist of:

>

Pu mp control card (one for each pump).

This unit has the following functions:

• Interface to 3 NFU steering mo des:

- NF U main steering.

- NFU steering.

-

Au x. steering unit.

• Steering signal to motor controller.

- On/off signal for solenoid operated steering gear.

- On/off and analog speed signal for steering gear with reversible pum p.

•

Start/stop circuit

Interface for start/stop buttons on the control panel.

Signal for standby auto-start can also be delivered (option).

Start/stop signal to the motor controller.

• Signal to/from alarm unit

- Hyd raulic lock alarm (option).

- Stand by auto-sta rt signal from alarm unit.

- Pow er failure alarm.

•

•

Signal to external equipment (galvanic isolated).

Port/stbd signal (on/off signal).

Pump run signal.

Supply on signal.

Information if FU steering modes activated.

Power supply (supplied from motor controller)

Start/stop circuit.

Aux. steering unit.

The pump control card can be used as a separate control system or together with the

aux. steering unit.

Art No.

Rolls-Royce Marine

AS,

INSTRB-EL003-GB Qept. Steering Gear - Tenßord, N-6264 Tenngord, Norway Page 11 o f 111


ARS, 29.12.03,

Rev4







'iMsm

i ^ a i

Rolls-Royce


1.

CONTROL SYSTEM

> Au x. steering unit (one for two pu mp s).

This unit is a rack based system with the following functions:

• Interface for ma x. 24 steering mo des. The numbe r of steering mod es are determined of the

number of selector cards mounted. The steering mode can be of NFU, FU or external types.

• Output to control two pum p control cards. The interface is on/off signal for solenoid-

operated steering gear and additional analog speed signal for steering gear with reversible

pump.

• "In com ma nd" function to control panel and external equipm ent. The "in comm and "

fiinction can be used in two m odes:

- If the operator activates the in command push button, the steering com man d will be

transferred immediately.

- If the in comm and push button is activated, the system require that the order signal is equal

to the position of the steering gear before the actual steering mode is activated. If not, the in

comm and light will start flashing to indicate that the operator m ust change the order signal.

The order must be changed inside a period of 6-7 sec. When the actual steering stand is

activated the in command light goes from flashing to steady. This function is only used for

FU steering.

• FU (follow-up).

The position of the steering gear equal the orders from operator. This function can also be

use for NFU steering (option). If this function is selected, the position of the steering gear is

stored and used as order signal when NFU steering lever is released.

Art. No. Rolls-Royce M arin e AS,

INSTRB-EL0O3-GB Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 12 of 111

Sign., date, rev.

E-m ail: tenfiord(a).rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4





mtm

Egroiaj

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION M ANUAL

1.

CONTROL

SYSTEM

1.2.2.2

Block diagram control system.

B R I D G E C O N T R O L P A N E L S

n

r"

P U M P

C O N T R O L

C A R D NO.A

B R I D G E


I

M O T O R I

\CONTROLLER\

I NO.A

I

T E N F J O R D

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M

T Y P E : CS-"*

A U X . S T E E R I N G U N I T

( I f mounted)


I OIL I

\ R E S E R V O I R

P U M P

C O N T R O L

C A R D NO.E

I M O T O R

I

\ C 0 N T R 0 L 1 £ R \

I

NO.B

I

Figure 1.3

E xample: S teering gear with reversib le pumps.

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear

-

Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway


Page 13 of 111





Emm

^BiB

Rolls-Royce


1. CONTRO L SYSTEM

L2.3 Specification pum p control card

Ref. drawin gs: Pum p control card, principal drawing.

1.2.3.1 Lay-out pump control card.

• The fig. Pump control card displays the card with "LED" and

"Jumpe r" description.

Floure 1.4

TT "

L

D

XI

RUN

PW

AUTD

MAIN

NFU

FU

X3 X5

^ib

X6

X2

X4 X7

PI]RT

S 'BD

C

LED DESCRIPTIDN

® RUN - > PUMP RUN SIGNA L

(8) PW -> INTERNAL POWER

(gl AUTD -> EXTERNAL AUTOSTART SIGNAL

® MAIN -> NFU MAIN STEERING SELECTED

(8> NFU -> NFU STEERING SELECTED

<8> FU -> FU FROM AUX, STEER ING SELE CTED

<S> PORT -> PORT STEERING SIGNAL

(8 STBD -> STBD STEERING SIGNAL

JUMPER DESCRIPTIDN

J P l / 2 -> STEERING SIGN, CDMMDN + DR

JP3 -> NFU MAIN STEERING OVERRIDE

[n ] YES [n ] NO

JP4 -> NFU STEERING OVERRIDE

If ] YES [ n ] NO

Art No.

INSTRB-ELOOS-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenfiord@,rolls-rovce.com www.roIls-royce.com

Page 14 of 111

http://www.roils-royce.com/

http://www.roils-royce.com/



^m __ INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1.

CONTROL

SYSTEM

Rolls-Royce

1.2.3.2

Functional description.

One pu mp control card is mounted for each pu mp unit .

Tliis unit lias following func tions:

• Pow er supply.

- Internal power supplies.

- Pow er line filter for the supply to the aux. steering unit.

- Alarm signal for internal powe r supply.

• Start/stop circuit

- Interface for start/stop push button and standby auto start indication on the control panel.

- Start/stop signal to the motor controller.

- Standb y auto start signal from alarm unit.

- Fuses (PTC) for indication light.

• Steering signal.

- Steering control signal to moto r controller for solenoid operated steering gears

(on/off signal for port/stbd directions).

- Steering signal to motor controller for steering gear with reversible pum ps (on/off signal for

direction and additional analog speed signal).

• Interface for 3 steering mo des.

- NF U main steering, normally interfaced to the main panel. This steering can be configured

as override with jump er

JP3,

determined by the different authorities.

- NF U steering. This mode can also be configured as override with jum per JP4, but will have

priority after NFU main steering. The use of JP4 is determined by the different authorities.

- Au x. steering. If the aux. steering unit is mounted the system is interfaced to this input.

The NFU steering signal can be configured for common + / - with jum per JP l and JP2.

•

Signal to external equipment.

Information about NFU steering signal (on/off signal).

Run signal.

Power failure signal.

Standby auto start signal (option).

FU steering in use (option if the

aux. steering unit

with FU steering modes is mounted)


INSTRB-EL003-GB Dep t. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 15 of 111

Sign., date,

rev. E-mail: [email protected] www.rolls-royce.coni

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


http://www.rolls-royce.coni/

http://www.rolls-royce.coni/




mam

fmm

Rolls-Royce


1. CONTROL SYSTEM

• LE D indication.

- Run signal.

- Internal pow er supplies.

- Standby auto start.

- NFU main steering selected.

- NF U steering selected

- FU steering in use (option if aux. steering unit) .

- Order signal to motor controller (port/stbd).

1.2.3.3

Electrical specification.

•

Power supply.

- Internal pow er supply 220V AC , +-20% , 50-60H z.

- Supply to

aux. steering unit

220VA C, +-20%, 50,60Hz, max. 1.4A.

• Start/stop signal to motor controller.

- max. voltage 250VAC .

- max . switching load 60V A.

- max . continuous load 60VA .

• Control panel.

- Run light max . 3pc.-each 30mA .

- Stop light max . 3pc.- each 30m A.

- Auto start light max 3pc.- each 30mA .

• Steering signal

- NFU main steering, max. 24VD C, +- 20% , 100mA.

- NFU steer ing , max. 24 VD C,+ -20 %, 100mA.

- NFU aux. steering, max. 24V DC , +-20% , 100mA.

- Ana log speed signal, see specification for aux. steering unit.

• Alarm unit

- Hydraulic lock sign. max. 24VD C, +- 20% , 50mA.

- Power failure alarm, ma x. 24V DC , +- 20 % , 0.5A.

•

External equipment.

Order signal, max. 24VDC, +20 %, 50m A.

Power failure alarm, max. 24VDC, +20%, 0.5A.

Information if FU steering mode s in use, max. 24 VD C, +20 %, 0.5 A.

Run signal, max. 24VD C, +20% , 0.5A.

Power failure signal, max. 24VDC, +20%, 0.5A.

Auto start signal, max. 24VDC, +20%, 0.5A.

Override signal, max. 24VDC, +20%, 0.5A.

FU steering in use, max . 24VDC, +2 0% , 0.5A.

Art. No. Rolls-Royce Ma rine AS,


Sign.,

date,

rev.

E-m ail: tenf|ord(a).ro]]s-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4





^ssm

E E B ^

Rolls-Royce


1.

CONTROL SYSTEM

1.2.4 Specification au x. steering.

Ref. drawings:

Amplifier output card, principal drawing.

Back plane, principal drawing.

Selector card, principal drawing.

Interface card, principal drawing.

1.2.4.1

Functional description.

The drawing layout aux. steering unit shows the rack based steering unit.

r" n

ONTROL S Y S T E M T Y P E C S -** F i gu re 1 .5

A U X . STEERING U N I T

n

iTCDiDn

inntoK

Power supply

1

11

o

o

o

to

o

o

o

0

u

1

fa

C

D

"a

J«

Ü

o

I

I

Rack for s teering mode 1—12,

Two racks can be connected for steering m ode 13-24.

Terminals

for steering

mode 10-12

Terminals

for steering

mode 7—9

Terminals

for steering

mode 4—6

Terminals

for steering

mode 1—3

In

ter face

card,

for feed

back unit.

.J

j

Pum p control \

card no.A

I

Pum p control \

card no.B

L J

L .

. J

Art.

No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date,

rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tenn:Qord, Norway

E-mail: tenfjordfS.roUs-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 17 of 111





f issm

.CHB3i

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1.

CONTROL SYSTEM

• The aux. steering is designed to interface two pu mp control cards. The design of the unit is

rack based and including following cards:

- Back plane (internal wiring).

- Selector card (Interface for 3 steering modes).

- Am plifier card (Generate the steering signal).

- Interface card (Interface for feed back).

• Each selector card have 3 s teering modes.. Max number of selector cards that can be

mounted for each back plane is 4 . Two back planes can be internally connected and will

give the max. number of 24 steering modes.

• The steering mo des can be NF U, FU or external steering.


mSTRB-ELOOS-GB Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 TennQord, Norway Page 18 of 111

Sign.,

date, rev. E-mail: tenfiord(a)rolls-rovce.cotn www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4





f issm

m

IIES31

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1. CONTROL SYSTEM

1.2.4.2 Back plane

The drawing lay-out

back plane

shows component location ju m pe r and LED description.

SELECTOR SELECTOR SELECTOR SELECTOR

CARD CARD CARD CARD

STEERING STEERING STEERING STEERING AMPLIFIER

MODE 10-12 MODE 7-9 MODE 4-6 MODE 1-3 CARD

Figure 1.6

/ \y \ / \/ \ ^

"X

LED2

®

LEDl

IFD DFSCRIPTIFN

LED 1 - > +12VDC

LED e -> - 12VDC

CONNFNCTCR PFSCRIPTIFN

J l -> PCWER SUPPLY / RESET ALL

J2

-> PUMP CDNTREL CARD PUMP 1/3

J 3

->

PUMP CDNTREL CARD PUMP

2/4

J 4

->

AMPLIFIER CARD

J5 -> EXTERNAL CDNNECTIEN STEERING MODE 1-3

J 6 -> SEL. CARD ST EERING MODE 1-3

J 7 -> EXTERNAL CONNECTIEN STEERING MODE 4-6

J 8 -> SEL. CARD ST EERING MODE 4-6

J 9 -> EXTERNAL CONNECTION STEERING MODE 7-9

JIO -> SEL. CARD ST EERIN G MODE 7-9

J l l -> EXTERNAL CONNECTION STEERING MODE 10-12

J1 2 -> SEL. CARD ST EERING MODE 10-12

JUMPER DESCRIPTION

J P l -> SELECTIEN BETWEEN STEERING MODE 1-12

• R 1 3 - 2 4 . ONE BACK PLANE CAN HAVE

MAX 12 STEERING MODES.

TWO BACK PLANES CAN BE INTER-CONNECTED

WITH CONNECTOR J13 TO MAKE 24 STEERING

MODES.

JPl JP l

0 0

0

0

STEERING

MDDE

1-12

12

o

o

o o

o o

o o

o - «

o-e

STEERING

MDDE

1 3 - 2 4

12

Art.

No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4

RoHs-Royce Marine AS,

Dept. Steering Gear

-



Page 19 of 111







üBEm

iggmi

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1. CONTROL SYSTEM

The back plane has following function:

• Internal wirin g for the

aux. steering unit.

• Interface for tw o pump control cards.

• Connection to 4 selector cards including in command signal and steering signal from

control panel or external equipm ent. Tw o units can be internally connected to interface 8

selector cards.

Each

selector card

have 3 steering modes. This will give the max. number

of steering modes 24.

• Connection to

amplifier card.

• Distribution of internal power supplies.

• Powe r failure

aux. steering unit

signal to alarm un it.

• Connected to Interface Card.

Art. No.

Rolls-Royce Marine AS ,


Sign.,

date, rev. E-mail: [email protected] www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4





Essm

inrmaa

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1. CONTROL SYSTEM

1.2.4.3

Selector card

The drawing layout

selector card

shows the card with jumper and LED description.

Figure 1,7

J l

b

Ö

o o

o 0

JP71

o o

o o

JP70

o o

o o

JP61

o o

o o

JP60

o 0

o 0

JP51

o 0

o 0

JP50

LED70 ®

LEDéO ®

LED50 ®

LED DESCRIPTION

EACH CARD HAS 3 STEERING MODES:

LED50 -> STEERING MODE 1 IN COMMAN D

LED60 -> STEERING MODE 2 IN COMMAND

LED70 -> STEERING MODE 3 IN COMMAND

JUMPER DESCRIPTION

JP50,JP60,JP70 STEERING SIGNAL TYPE

o o

o o

( ^ *

c ^ *

NFU FU

FU EXT,

JP51,JP61,JP71 MASTER SLAVE

FUNCTION USED IF THE SHIP HAVE 2 RUDDERS

» • o

o o

o o

a - «

MASTER SLAVE

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Ten n^ord, Norway


Page 21 of 111







^ _ . _ I N S T R U C T I O N M A N U A L

1. CONTR OL SYSTEM

ESBEB

Rolls-Royce

The selector card

has

following functions:

• Interface for 3 steering mo des. The steering mode can be NF U, FU or FU -EX T. The type of

steering signal connected to each steering mode is configured with jum pers on each selector

card (see drawing). In command for each steering mode is also indicated with LED on the

front of the card.

•

In comm and signal and indication from/to control panel. This function is used to select the

desired steering mode.

The in command function can be used in two modes:

Steering mode NFU or FU-EXT.

If the operator activates the in command push button, the steering mode will be

activated immediately.

- Steering mod e FU

If the in command push button is activated, the system require that the order signal is equal

to the position of the steering gear before the actual steering mode will be activated. If not,

the in com mand light will start flashing to indicate that the operator mu st change the order

signal. The order must be changed inside a period of 6-7 sec. When the actual steering stand

is activated the in command light goes from flashing to steady. This function is only used for

FU steering.

• The in com man d light is also protected against short circuit.

• In com mand signal to external equipm ent.

Ship with two rudders normally has 4-pump units mounted. In this case two aux. steering

units must be used. The in comma nd function for one of the systems is then configured with

jumper as "master". The other system will be configured as "slave" and the in command will

be equal to the master unit.

Art. No.

Rolls-Royce Ma rine AS,

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 22 of 111

Sign.,

date,

rev.

E-mail: tenfiord@,rol s-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4





es3m

QsES33

Rolls-Royce

1.2.4.4

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1. CONTROL SYSTEM

Amplifier card.

The drawing layout Amplifier card shows the card with jumper and LED description.

J i

^

p

P3 0

P31

D D

1

/

JP6C

o o

o

o

J2

P6 0 czz]

P20 c=i

LES61

®

LED60

«

LED83

9

LED81

«

LED82

«

LED80

«

ZERC, FACTCRY SET

GAIN, FACTER Y

SET

Figure

1.8

SENSITIVITY

GAIN

RUN

RUN

STBD

PORT

STBD

PORT

=E/4

1/3

P2/4

P2/4

Pl/3

Pl/3

FB MOUNTED

LED DESCRIPTICN

LED60

-> RUN Pl/3

LED61

-> RUN P2/4

LED80

->

PGRT ERDER

Pl/3

LED82

->

STBD ERDER

Pl/3

LED81

->

PERT ERDER

P2/4

LED83

->

STBD ERDER

P2/4

JUMPER DESCRIPTICN

JP60

-> FEEDBACK MEUNTED

o

o ••«

»i« o o

TEST CDNNECTDR

jk

«•

.o»

*•

«•

•

0>

•

«•

•

+5V

OV

-5V

TPl

TP2

TP3

TP4

TP5

TP6

(FB)

(SCALE

(DRDER

(DRDER

(ANALOG

(ANALOG

J2

FB

A >

B )

OUTPUT

OUTPUT

Pl/3)

P2/4)

YES NC

GAIN/SENITIVE ADJUSTMENT (ADJUSTED AFTER INSTALLATIEN)

P20 -> GAIN, ADJUSTED UNTIL ERDER

EQUALS

THE

POSITION

DF

THE STEERING GEAR

P60 -> SENITIVITY, ADJUSTED UNTIL

THE STEERING GEAR

STEPS HUNTING

GAIN/ZERO ADJUSTMENT (FACTORY SETTING)

P30 -> ZERC ADJUSTING

- SELECT 'FU SELECTED'

J1-14AC TO J1-3AC = 12VDC

- DISCONNECT ORDER SIGNAL J 1-8A C

- ADJUST P30 UNTIL TP4 = OV (J2 -2 TE J2 -7 = CV>

P31 -> GAIN ADJUSTING

- DISCONNECT 'FU SELECTED' J1-14AC

- FEEDBACK SIGNAL J1-1 2C SET TO TP2 = lOV

(J2 -E TE J2-5 = lOV)

- UPDATE

THE

NFU-MEMDRY

BY

ACTVATE

THE NFU

STEERING LEVER,

ADJUST P31 UNTIL TP4 = lOV

( J 2 - 2 TE J2-7 = lOV)

Art No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03,

Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 TennQord, Norway

E-m ail: tenfiord(ft).roils-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 23

of

111



Essm

mMd

Rolls-Royce


1. CONTROL SYSTEM

The amplifier card has foilowing function:

• Steering signal input from

selector cards.

This can be NFU, FU or external types.

• Pow er supplies +-5V for order signal and feed back unit.

• Steering signal outpu t for tw o pump control cards.

- On/off direction signal for solenoid operate d steering gear and addition al analog speed signal

for steering gear with reve rsible pum ps. The a nalog speed signal (0-1OV) can only be

generated when the FU function is used.

- The on/off direction steering signal will if FU steering is selected and two pumps are running

switch off the steering signal to one of the pum ps when a bsolute value

(order - position steering gea r) < 2-4 degree s.

• FU (follow-up).

The position of the steering gear will be equal to the order from operator. When this function

is used, the feed back signal from the steering gear must be connected. The card must also be

configured for feed back con nected w ith jum per JP 60, see layout.

This function can also be used for NFU steering (option). The position of the steering gear

will then be stored in the memory and used as order signal when the NFU steering lever is

released. This function is called NFU memory.

• Test cormector.

On the front of the card there is mounted a test connector used to access different signal

used for adjusting.

Pin d escription:

J2-1 +5 V (Power supply for order and feed back)

J2-2 OV (Pow er supply for order and feed bac k)

J2-3 -5V (Power supply for order and feed back)

J2-4 TP l (Signal from feed back)

J2-5 TP2 (Scaled signal from feed back )

J2-6 TP3 (Order signal)

J2-7 TP4 (Order signal FU steering)

J2-8 TP5 (Analo g speed signal to pum p

no.

1)

J2-9 TP6 (Ana log speed signal to pum p no.2)



Sign.,

date, rev. E-mail: [email protected]]ls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



issm

hUVl44

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION M ANUAL

1. CONTROL SYSTEM

Adjusting NEU memory on the amplifier card (factory setting)

P30 zero adjusting, see card layout.

Select a steering mode with FU steering and no steering signal connected. The n adjust P30

until J2-2(0V) to J2-7(order signal FU) equal OV (Tolerance +-lmV).

P31 gain adjusting, see card layout.

Select a steering mode w ith NFU steering and feed back signal set to 1 OV

(adjust gain P20 on amplifier card), J2-2(0V) to J2-5 (scaled sign, from feed bac k).

Update NFU-memory by activating the NFU steering lever.

Adjust P31 until order signal FU equal 1 OV, J2-2(0V) to J2-7(order signal F U).

System adjusting (adjusted after installation).

P20 Gain adjusting, used to adjust the feed back signa l.

P60 Sensitivity, adjusted until the FU-system stop hunting.

Adjust the 0-point for the FU-controller.

Adjust order signal from FU-controller:

50° FU-controller

Adjust order signal from FU-controller equal 8V when the position of the controller is max.

order (mechanical stop), J2-2 (OV) to J2-6(order signal) equal 8V. The adjustment is done

with the pot. meter mounted on each controller.

70° FU-controller

Adjust order signal from FU-confroUer equal lOV when the position of the controller is max.

order (mechanical stop), J2-2 (OV) to J2-6(order signal) equal lOV. The adjustment is done

with the pot. meter mounted on each controller.

Position the steering gear to zero position and adjust the feed back pot. meter to z ero.

Position the FU-controller to approx. 5 degrees before mechanical stop of the steering gear

and adjust P20(gain) until the position of the steering gear equal the order.

Adjust P60 (sensitivity) until the FU-system stops hunting.



Sign.,

date, rev. E-m ail: tenfiord(a).rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4





ry, ' jTj

E s s m

i^m

' " " ' V

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1.

CONTROL SYSTEM

1.2.4.5 Interface card.

The drawing

layout Interface card

shows the card with jumper and LED description.

Figure 1.9

,

LD

CD

LCD DFSCRIPTIDN

LEDEO -> FB FAUL

r

JUMPFR nFSrRIPTIDN

JP20 -> FEEDBACK MOUNTED

9 - «

O O

O O

* *

o/ \o

0

S B

120

GAIN +-1 0V ORDER SIGNftI (AFTER INSTA I I ATinN>

PIO -> GAIN +-10V GALVANIC ISOLATED

ORDER SIGNAL.

The interface card has following function:

• Interface for rudde r position feed back signal.

• Detec t failure on the rudder position signa l.

If a rudder feed back signal is not connected, this function can be disconnected .

• If failure on the rudder position signal, this will be indicated with a alarm o utpu t.

• Freez e the rudde r if failure in the rudd er position signal.

• External override signal.

• Analog order signal, +-1OVDC.

• Follow-up selected signal.

Art No.

INSTRB-ELOOS-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Revl




Page 26 of 111





Essm

i Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1.

CONTROL SYSTEM

1.2.4.6

Powe r Supply.

The aux. steering

is

powered from the pump control card with 220VA C, see drawing.

Figure 1. 10

FEED B A C K U N I T

E xample: S teering gear with reversib le pumps.

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - Ten^ord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway


Page 27 of 1II





t^am

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1 .

CONTROL SYSTEM

1.2.4.7 Electrical specification aux. steering unit.

Power supply.

Power supply input 220VA C +-20 %, 50-60Hz.

Control panel.

In command light max. 100mA.

Steering signal

On/off direction signal, max. 24VDC, +- 20%, 100mA (Solid state relay).

Analog speed signal, m ax.+-15mA.

• Alarm unit

- Powe r/rudder position failure alarm, ma x. 24V DC , +20 %, 0.5A.

•

•

•

•

External equipment.

In command confirm signal, max. 24VDC, +2 0%, 0.5A.

2 * override s ignal, max. 24VD C, +20% , 0.5A.

FU selected signal, max. 24VD C, +20% , 0.5A.

Analog order s ignal (+-10V), m ax.+-15mA.

Art No. Rolls-Royce Ma rine AS,

I N S T R B E L O O S G B Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 28 of 111

Sign., date, r e v . E-mail: [email protected] www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



iMsa

mm.

Rolls-Royce


1. CONTROL SYSTEM

1.2.5 Principal draw ing diagram .

1.2.5.1

Pu mp control card, dwg. No. L_1921_00_00, sheet 1-5

A t=i '^

t/>

3

Q;

<: é

[ ^

z i >

1^

u

1—

X

u

I

•

I -

3

ig

X LÜ U

D Q CI

<r æ Q ;

n •

n I— o

tt: Q^ m

L . n I -

u_ /\ ^

| g

I 1- o

3 a I -

J3.

igQ

X T

.PL

I I I

I I

u

>^

o

CC

J/J

"o

QC

itKWio *> io'io"9 i :p»»w* w n

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4

RoIIs-Royce Marine

AS,

Dept. Steering Gear - TenQord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway

E-mail: tenfiord(a).rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 29 of 111



Essm

I 2 SQ3 1

Rolls-Royce


1. CONTROL SYSTEM

DDAt-S + i ^

- ^ H — ^

D —

OQAfrS

: § £

OQAVS

i3 a ^

0- L-

« 1 — •

LJ

Q-

- >

D_ X o «I

Z3 ID in ^

/ m

1:.

X

s

^i

u

o

t/t

"5

i

i i i

«^•m?ia v> lO'io'ei ip*HOd tfon

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 30

of

111







•ssm

msM

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

/ .

k

X

k

>

LiJ

\

iHDi i i av iS3 j . n t f

- iHDn d3 iS

+ i H o n d i i s

- iHDi i Nna

+ i H Q i i m a

dDiS

NDMWDG

IHDII lawiSDinw

iHDn lawiSDinw

- iHDn dDiS

+ iHDI l dDiS

- iHDn Nna

+ i H D n m a

dDiS

idViS

NDWWÖ3

iHDn iaviSDifiw

iHDn iawiSDinw

- iHDn dü is

+ iHDn dDiS

- i H D n N n a

+ i H D n N f ia

d D i S

i d W i S

NDWWD3

I

U

o

CC

J/J

"5

CH

i

a/ Of-lO V>

lO'lO'Ol 9«U0td tn-1

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date,

rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page

31

of 111







msm

i^aai

Rolls-Royce


2. CONTROL STATIONS

II

11

i

U

> s

O

CC

I

"5

CC

egs

Bfi^ iiO t° lO'tO'Ol :

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 32 of 111







1 Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION M ANUAL

2. CONTROL STATIONS

III

m

U

o

CH

I

J/i

"5

CC

I

lo^tc^u v> lo'icrei : p«n ^ t*oi

/Irt. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenfjordØjolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 33 of 111



Rolls-Royce


2. CONTROL STATIONS

1.2.5.2 Selector card, dwg. No. L-1921-0 0-01, sheet 1-4

a u ' - " - >

; u u u

. Q: Of Q;

2

uj uj u

I:

UJ LxJ U

ill

_ l

<:

7

u

n

C/)

LD

Z

fV

UJ

1—

/>

0

ix

0 , 1

vn

.

Xo

n

35

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

%

%

%

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

%

I

%

\w

3J

E 8

u

>^

o

CC

"5

CC

å

i

6Z:8CW) P tO'SO'CI :P*»o|d f H

^rt. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenfiord(a>.rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 34 of 111

EEBM

1 Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

? E

7

^

O

LiJ

1

-CH

1

lE

>

p

'n

o

bJ

1

-CH

(O

1

•^

ft

2

in ~

o

u

_i

1

H >-

in

1

1

^^

i n

0313313$ f lJ

sn3 iA3ad sna

QNVWMOS NI

1X3N sna

ONVNMaa NI

mw i3S3a

i n 3 i 3 S 3 a

K^SfiW)

V>

10-80 CI :p»»<»|d («H

in

(U

u

>^

o

"5

er

iS

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4



E-mail: tenfjordØrolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 35 of 111

fwi^m

EEEaa

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

O

C O i u

•s: z

n

u

uj

L±J 1=1

Ma3

NSIS

.DN,

NDIS

.3N.

NDIS

N3IS

NDIS

NDIS

WDD

.DN,

. 3N .

WD3

.ON.

,aN.

1

S; ro

ae

UJ LJ

u j

a

aais f i j / f iJN

WD3 nj/njN

land n j / n jN

aa is n j / n jN

WD3 nj/njN

iSDd ru/njN

aa is n j / n jN

WD3 ru/ruN

i i f3d ru/njN

^

• — 1

S

s

J_

s

g

•

•

s\

<

t

Q:

p

<

3

O

u

^ ^

&

T

i

1

a

1

o

g

T

^

L.

1 -

<C

II

a.

LJ Qf

Q.

LJ

o Q:

—

1

— - t —

•

f

g

Q:

c

1

•'

c

0.

3

O

1

•*

J

•

1

S.A -

a3nv3S

a j

a j

+

AOT-+

WD3

n j / n j N

a a i s n j / n j N

W 0 3 n j / n j N

l a D d n j / n j N

5 3

II

(U

u

o

C C

"5

er

ZpgffBO P lO-BOtl :p«HO(d i«n

^ rt

No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4

Rolls-Royce Marine

AS,



Page 36

of

111

EäZail

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

E 3aDM

iHDH

aNVMHOa NI

e 3aDW

nVNDIS

aNVMMOS NI

3 aODk

i H D n

CNVMWDD NI

2 3aDW

nvNsis

I INVHND3 NI

I

3aDW

iHsn

[INWHHQ3 NI

I 3aDN

1WN3IS

aNVMMDS NI

H ^

^ ^

-A au I .

r — ^

-W -

^ ^

•A 3ij I 1

- « -

> ^

-OHIl

Q O

All

6 o

o o

S.

=«

• «

^t

to 4 o

CL

-3 O O

^

'^

I

All

S.

=« <«

u

> \

o

C C

"5

1

SC^Qfi eO

T °

tO'SDTl :pa»otd

) * ( r |

^rt. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 37 of 111

Essm

IM'M^

Rolls-Royce


2. CONTROL STATIONS

1.2.5.3 Back plane, dwg. No. L-1921-00-02, sheet 1-3

>>

1- • n

o o o 0

o o o o n

„ n i ; • f ' _

o nj

C K C D

- ™ r

^

- Q <n

2 - I - V

=

• ^ t>o u '

ir « E

O n — ™ .

Lu

Q :

< : > ;

c / i n 5 : ^ -

^-g

CO

[

b j c a ^ J

^ • I

c ^ 3 : - .

) U 3 Z

L.

Q :

u

_

^ N bJ

: s : 3 ^

- 2 '

D t d u a t

Q ;

u Q^

UJ - L±J

•,

/ ^ / \ / \ / \ y \

Q-

or

s: <

LÜ

1=1

bJ U

_ i

CK

u n

UJ <I I— •

c/) u c / l 21

UJ o LJ U

_ l

Q ;

LJ Q

UJ < (— •

00 U C/) 2

UJ Q U U

_J

CK

UJ a

UJ <r

i—

•

on u

(/)

Z

127

ä®§(^

cu

u

o

o:

1/1

"o

er

53 =

^ COtO'lO :wiia|ü isiri

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 38 of 111



Emm

1 Rolls-Royce

123231 « ^

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

l i l i

"A/"

. j i ß m å.

' " "•••

im i

siiH|i|iii|i8u|||||||He|||||||iiÉ

i i ä ä i l i i i S ä i i i

sSS3sssssiä5Sää55Sääääl=äSsäBBäs8Kfflsäääääsaä§sS

äääl

ml

iiii

BBBS

a a ä S

BSS

i kk

i i i i i i i i i

i i i i i ä i i i l l i l i i ä i i l

I

l l l l l i l l l l l l l l l j j l l

f l

> S

^ .

sHi2äBi äiäE'

„ i i iJ,»«HS»Bi«

II

|S,q

3

- « „ , „ . . . „

i

i

l i l i ^ s i

yi i iJJ 1

rfiSiliillllHÄ

i

i

_„„.„«

iiip«

= ? ^

' i '

m t å

=1

i l l

H

B5>SBe

5 2 7 5 5 3

. l i

u

> s

O

I

"5

SE

eO-t CMl JD CO'tO 'lO ^pajtoi 'J is°1

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 39 of 111







ta^TB

Eseai.

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2. CONTROL STATIONS

PUMP 1

r o ™

>D 0^

- ^

G © 6 0

y\\\

in 1^ (T-

r

O o o o o ö

Ol

u

o

CC

I

en

"5

CC

1 ? 0 - i r : i l Jo r O TO l O ^ ca n o fd j scn

/Irt. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenfiordØjolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 40 of 111



iiqWi

. i^groa

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2. CONTROL STATIONS

1.2.5.4 Amplifier card, dwg. No. L-1921-00-03, sheet 1-4.

" 2

(L

O-Q.

t

Q ;

Q^ Q; [

„

^ a

Q O (

X \ K f Q

2 Z K

™ Q : <

^

3 •

^-

•

^

Q ;

Q/ Q_ CO

Q_ c

O ^ O nj ^ ro

^ ^O

CO

CO 03 CO

O R cq pq o pq

( t ' / ad

( E / l d

ind iHD DDIVNW) 9di

i nd ino DD1VNV) Sdi

( , a , a i a a o )

tdi

( ,w. a iadG)

Edi

<aj 31V3S)

Bdi

<a j ) idi

A S -

AO

AS +

•

•"

•'"

•

•

•

•^

•^

•

^ • 7 2 ^

C O L J

u Q-

u

3 X 0 ;

- ) t - UJ

n UJ

< CO 1—

_IC/1

"^

Z3 Ul

<: O X

o LD

O Z

K

Qi Z

"

LÜ 3

> U X

• " CO

t/)

^ LJ •

LE

o j

o

^

UJ

II c/)

h

U

y

CK

_|

UJ

<

LU

- -

,-] _i

9

Q

•"

^ U J

'

CK

^

^ t/)

^ n

XI

-1 •

U

0-

• i - J ^ u ^

Q: -J

I 1/1 3

UJ

^

^ M ^ a <:

1

2 £

£

^

z

ijJ r)

I

>

^'s

u <

00 L3

n n

llll

^ ru

ü_

D.

Q_ CL

z

z

3 3

CK fY

® (Si

\D

\D

O

1=1

LJ

U

_J _l

OJ OJ

Q_

CL

1=1 h-

m CK

1- •

/) CL

0 ®

D _-.

CO CO

a

a

UJ

U

_l _ l

o

0

o

0

>. \

CL Q-

C=l

H-

m

CK

1—

•

c/O CL

®

®

OJ o

CO CO

a

a

LJ

U

_) _l

s ^

2 ^

;;mJ

Ol

u

o

CC

CC

i -5

J l

iiÉ

81-00:60 10 COtOlO -P=na|0 i srn

.4rt. Af».

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03,

Rev4

RoIIs-Royce M arine AS,


E-mail: tenfiord(ft)rolls-rovce.com www.rolIs-royce.com

Page 41 of 111

Essm

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

+ 5VDC

+ 1 2 V D C

3 a A Z L +

-{}

-<

- 1 2 V D C

:K^

-5VDC

- 1 2 V D C

_ r ^

QND

3 0 A Z L - « -

; , D N , N D I S n j 2 d

S , D N , ' N D IS n j I d

n v N D i s

]

Ö

D W A S T -

AO

• ^ :

AO

o a A z i + < H -

a

O

3WA21

? S S

Ol

u

o

CC

I

CO

"5

CC

m

O2:00 ;60 (D fO TO lO :pa tlO|d i s in

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date,

rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenfiordØ.rolls-royce.com www.roUs-royce.com

Page 42 of 111

http://www.rous-royce.com/



BSHB

ISQSi

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION M ANUAL

2. CONTROL STATIONS

Ol

u

o

CC

I

"Ö

Cd

§

i

li

22-00;50 1° COfrO'lO :psiia|d isrn

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 43 of 111





^sm

1^033

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION M ANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

1.2.5.5 Interface card, dwg. No. L-1921-00-04, sheet 1-2.

o l

n

L±J

> -

•

_

Æ

Z

IS

Co

æ

b.

a

CC

•

>

o



^ o:

65 87

I

i [ 2 l ]

J

9 1

i

Sig

io :it ^i 10 nrco-so :p"W»|d » n

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 44 of

111

fMsm

^SM

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2. CONTROL STATIONS

Q£

o : Q :

U

U u

> > >

c a o

Qf •£ a£

U ä

G

a o

> > > S E

c o a o a

1 ^

U D

X

1

J

'

V

CM

1

ro

J

^ t e

> 1 <

L

r 1

i

is

ZOM »:0l *"> CO'SOSO • f 'VP P i ^ K H

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4

Rolls-Royce Marine

AS,


E-mail: tenfiordØ.rolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 45 of 111



'CSÜB

IMfåå

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2. CONTROL STATIONS

2.1

2.1.1

Control stations

Control stations overview.

F ig.2 .la. S T A N D A R D P A N E L LA Y -O U T WITHOUT CONTROL S Y S T E M

1 X A C T V A T O R

2 * P U M P S

2 X A C T U A T O R

4 * P U M P S

1 X A C T U A T O R

2 * P U M P S

" I M O "

1 X A C T U A T O R

4 * P U M P S

" I M O "

M A I N P A N E L

-ALARM PANEL

-START/STOP/AUTOSTART

-RUDDER ANGLE

SELECTION (OPTION)

-ALARM PANEL


-RUDDER ANGLE

SELECVON (OPTION)

-ALARM PANEL

2 DD c

3oDn G


-BY-PASS AND SEPERAVNG SYSTEM.

a:Manual dlsconnectlng/lndfcatlon

b:Manual

seperattng/Indication

c:Manual b y-pass- sys.1/indication,

d: Manual by—pass sys.2/indlcation.

t>2tl2

lif

L-

- J

92^f2

\m \

L-

- J

-ALARM PANEL FOR BOTH RUDDE RS


-BY-PASS AND SEPERATING SYSTEM.

a:Manual dIsconnBCtlng/lndlcatlon

b:Manual

seperatlng/lndlcatlon

c:

Manual by—p ass sys. I/Indication.

d:Manual by—pass sys.2/lndicatlon.

WING P A N E L

A F T . P A N E L

E N G I N E CONTROL R O O M

144144 r, , , , ,A

M PJ

-ALARM PANEL

-RUN/STOP/AUTO UGHT

\44.14* [ 7 7 7 ^ _ ^\ 144.144

HHlli

-ALARM PANEL

-RUN/STOP/AUTO UGHT

ia2*i»2

44144

[iSj

ffll

" ™ J

-ALARM PANEL FOR BOTH RUDDERS

-RUN/STOP/AUTOSTART UGHT

144n44 rrr. .

. 1 [ 7 7 7 , . . ]

144.f44

M [HJ |HJ M

-ALARM PANEL FOR BOTH RUDDE RS

-RUN/ST0P/AUTÜ5TART UGHT

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4

Rolls-Royce Marine

AS,



Page 46 of 111







I S S

sssag

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

F ig.2. lb , S T A N D A R D P A N E L LA Y -O U T W IT H O N L Y O O N T R O L S Y S T E M

O N L Y

E M E R G E N C Y

S T E E R I N G

1 X A C T U A T O R

N E U

2 P U M P

7 X A C T U A T O R

E U

2 P U M P

2 X A C T U A T O R

P U

4 P U M P

M A I N P A N E L

144V44 144144

m

- O V E R R I D E P U M P

1

P A N O R A M A I N D I C A T O R

- R U D D E R I N D .

- N O N - F O L L O W - U P


- I N C O M M A N D

- P A N O R A M A I N D I C A T O R

- R U D D E K I N D .

- F O L L O V f - U P

I44'240

a


- I N C O M M A N D

1

P A N O R A M A I N D I C A T O R

^44144

- R U D DE R I N D . B O T H R U D DE R S

- F O L L O W - U P INDP./SYNCH.

40'240

m


- I N C O M M A N D

W I N G P A N E L


- F O L L O W - U P

- R U D DE R I N D . B O T H R U D DE R S

I44'3J6


- I N C O M M A N D

•m

A P T . P A N E L



- F O L L O W - U P - F O L L O W - U P

INDP./SYNCH.

- I N C O M M A N D

pJ PJ

- R U D DE R I N D . B O T H R U D D E R S

E N G I N E C O N T R O L R O O M

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenfiord(a),rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 47 of 111





mm

EEBaiJ

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION M ANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

F ig.2.1c, S T A N D A R D P A N E L LA Y -O U T W IT H C O N T R O L S Y S T E M

1 X A C T V A T O R

N F U

1 P U M P

1 X A C T U A T O R

N F U

2 P U M P

1 X A C T U A T O R

F U

2 P U M P

2 X A C T U A T O R

FU

4 P U M P

m

KUDDER

IN D . ( O P T I O N )

J44V44

- R U D D E R

IND.

- A LA R M P A N E L

«f f i l '

- S T A R T / S T O P

-SELECTOR SWITCH


M A I N P A N E L

- P A N O R A M A INDICATOR

792192

144*144

m

- R U D D E R

IND.

- A L A R M P A N E L

-m -

- S T A R T / S T O P / A U T O S T A R T

-OVERRIDE PUMP


-I N COMMAND '


102192

144144

[fflj

- R U D D E R

IND.


^ B o

WE


-OVERRIDE

P U M P

- F O L L O W - U P

-I N COMMAND


192102

1441*4

[aj

P J

- R U D DE R I N D . B O T H

RUDDERS


J36*JJS

UM

d o c^


-OVERRIDE

P U M P


-I N COMMAND

[fj


144144

H

- N O N - F O a O W - U P

W I N G P A N E L

»J

&»l


[fJ

- R U D D E R

IND.

144144 144144

[fflj PJ


RUDDERS

iX144

m

- F O L L O W - U P

INDP./SYNCH.

-I N COMMAND

1


M*V4*

[il


A F T P A N E L

144144

H


144144

m


H

- F O L L O W - U P

m


- O V E R R I D E

- F O L L O W - U P

INDP./SYNCH.

-IN COMMAND

144*144 144V44

•, O : ; o ';


RUDDERS

E N G I N E C O N T R O L R O O M

144144

ill

B sm

-R U N / S T O P /A U T O U G H T


144144

n

m

j-m

-R U N / S T O P /A U T O U G H T


144144

II

m EB

144144

[lij

-R U N / S T O P /A U T O S T A R T U G H T


Art

No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date,

rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear

-

Tenßord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway


Page 48

of

111





Ejssm

f iFZm.

2.2

2.2.1

Rolls-Royce

Control panel CU...series

CU... general information

The control panel type CU... consist of:

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

• panel front with overlay (colour black RAL 9011).

• operating components connected to printed circuit board.

• termin al plate wired to control panel with 1.6m cable.

Each control panel typical includes (but not always) following function:

• Start/stop/auto-start for each pump unit (motor controller).

• Rudder angle selection.

• Steering mod e selection.

• Non-follow -up push buttons with override.

• Non-follow-up steering lever.

• Follow -up controller.

• By-pass and separating system..

• Dimm er modul.

Lam p test can be done by operating each function on the control panel.

2.2.2

C U . . .

control panel overview.

2.2.2.1 Main control panel (1 x actuator, NFU ,

1

x pump)

M ain control panel (J x Actuator, NF U, 1 x pump) " 'TyP IC AL'

n

0

<t3

Figure 2.2

start/s top

Steering mode

selecf^^

^Non—follow—up overr id^

Art No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4




Page 49 of 111



sssm

E S S B

Rolls-Royce


2,

CONTROL STATIONS

2.2.2.2

Main control panel (1 x actuator, NFU, 2 x pump)

M ain control panel (J x

Actuator.

N F U . 2 x p u mp ) * * *T Y P IC A L * -

Start/s top

Non-follow—up overr ide^

Non—follow—up

f

>

Figure 2.3

judder angle selection.

In-command

2.2.2.3

Main control panel (1 x actuator, FU, 2 x pump)

M ain control panel (1 x Actuator, F U . 2 x p u mp ) ** * T YP IC A L * '

Figure 2.4

Rud der angle selectio^^

In — co mma n d

Art No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4

Rolls-Royce Marin e AS,


E-mail: tenfiord(g),rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 50 of 111





Wfmi

1 Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2. CONTROL STATIONS

2.2.2.4

Main control panel (2 x actuator, FU, 4 x pump)

Figure 2.5

2.2.2.5

Forward control panel (2 x actuator, FU, 4 x pump)

Forward control panel (2 x Actuator, F U , 4 x p u mp ) ' " T mC A L ^ ^ F JQ U r e 2 . 6

J ~ k

x ^ ^ ^ ^

Col

^^^f

^

mc.

y)

D

1 \

X^U rGJX

(OJ

"NsA ^„.y^y^

Tollow-up controller^

- Synchronized — -

In - co mma n d

Follow—up controller

•— Independent

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 51 of 111







ums

QSQ33

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

2.2.2.6 Aft. control panel (2 x actuator, FU, 4 x pump)

Figure 2. 7

start/stop

Non-follow-up override^

(^^t

M

»

a

start/stop

^on—follow-up overr ide^

Follow—up

controller^

_ In de p e n de n t -

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4




Page 52 of 111





Essm

1 Rolls-Royce


2.

CONTROL STATIONS

2.2.2.7

Control panel without steering system (1 x actuator, 2 x pump).

C ontrol panel without s teenng (1 x

Actuator,

2 x pump)

" ' T Y P I C A L * "

Figure 2.8

O

2.2.2.8

Control panel without steering system (2 x actuator, 4 x pump).

C ontrol panel without steering (2 x

Actuator,

4 x purnp) ^ ^ ^ ^ === F i o U r G 2 9

= = ; ; — - _ _ _

" ' T Y P I C A L " '

— = = ^

'

Start/stop

R udd er angle selectiori

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennflord, Norway


Page 53 of 111





fissm

E H H l

Rolls-Royce


2. CONTROL STATIONS

2.2.2.9

Control panel with by-pass and separating system (1 x actuator, 2 x pump).

C ontrol panel wi th by—pass and seperot ing sys tem (1 x Actuator, 2 x pump) ^ ~ > rini irfi ^ 1D

- I.I * ** T Y P I C A I * ** — - ^ ^ ' "~f' ' ^ j^. t w

RUN

FV f " A

P»JHP

A

tUTU

S TABT

P U F

A

HANUAL

D I S C D W-

ECTIHG

SYSTEM

BI SO H f

ECTED

AliTO

S T A B T

PUHP B

STSTEHl

BY

PASSED

iTSTEMa

BY-

PASSEl

Start/stop

y—poss and seperoting sys tem

2.2.2.10

Control panel with by-pass and separating system (2 x actuator, 4 x pump).

C ontrol panel wi th by—pass and seperot ing sys tem (2 x Actuator, 4 x pump) ^ " ^ ^ Flniir '? 11

= =

" ' T Y P I C A L ' "

= =

- " ^ r iL jU l c ^ . I I

KANUAL

Biscar«4-

ECTING

SYSTEM

DISCDM '

ECTED

äTSTENI

BY

PASSED

-pass and seperoting sys tem

t r sTE i e

BY

PASSED

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date,

rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4



E-mail: tenfiord(fl).rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 54 of 111





mwi

hl'Vi*i

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

2.2.3

CU... control panel function.

Start/stop/auto-start for each pump unit (motor controller).

Start/stop push buttons are used to remote control the pump unit. To operate the actuator

at least one pump unit has to be started. The desired pump is started by pressing the

button marked

"start".

The green lamp w ill be lit. Stop the pump by pressing the button

marked "stop", the corresponding red lamp w ill then lit.

Note:

If the pum p unit is started due to automatic stand-by start upon alarm on the running pum p,

the audible push button on the bridge alarm panel must be activated before it is possible to

stop the pum p.

Figure 2.12

START

RUN

PUMP A

STOP

PUHP A

AUTD

START

PUMP A

START

RUN

PUMP

B

STOP

PUMP

B

AUTD

START

PUMP B

Rudder angle selection.

Rudder angle selection unit is used to change between high and low rudder angle.

This function is normally interfaced to the log for automatic rudder angle selection.

The operator can override the log by selecting high rudder angle.

Figure 2.13

^

\

\

\

LDW

ANGLE

PUMP A

LOW

ANGLE

PUMP B

HIGH/LO

ANGLE

te

LOW

ANGLE

PUMP C

LOW

ANGLE

PUMP D

HIGH/LD

ANGLE

'

- J

Art.

No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - Ten^o rd, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway

E-mail: tenfiord@,rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 55 of 111





^ ^ B

l iFBHl

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

•

Steering mod e selection.

• In command.

In comm and signal and indication from/to control panel. This function is used to

select the desired steering mode.

The in command function can be configured in two modes:

- If the operator activates the in com mand push button, the steering mo de will be activated

immediately.

- If the in comm and pu sh button is activated, the system require that the order signal is equal

to the position of the steering gear before the actual steering mode is activated. If not, the in

com man d light will start flashing to indicate that the operator must chang e the order signal.

The order m ust be changed inside a period of 6-7 sec . When the actual steering stand is

activated the in command light goes from flashing to steady. This function is only used for

FU steering and single rudder installation.

fr-""

IN

CDMHANE

SYNC.

IN

CDHHANC

INDP.

IN

CEIHKANI

PILOT

^ . F igure 2.14

J D YST I C

IIP

• Mo de selector switch.

Selector switch is used to select the steering mode s for control system with only

pum p control card. Norm ally used on ships with "1 x actuator, NFU , 1 x pump ).

__—-

K

—

NTU

HAIN

AUTO

PILOT

_

\

J - - - ' '

Figure 2,15

Art No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-m ail: tenfiord(ft),rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 56 of 111



Esssm

IS3QÜ

Rolls-Royce


2.

CONTROL STATIONS

• Non-follow-u p push buttons with override .

Non-follow-up push button with override switch.

This is often connected with priority. In this case other steering mode s are perm anent

disconnected w hen the NFU override steering is activated. Th e override function is indicated

with

a

override light for each pu mp and if required an au dible alarm. T o exit this situation

the release switch must be activated.

This unit also have

a

override switch for permanent disconnection of all other

steering modes. This function can also be used for control system without p riority.

The fiinction of the unit is set with jum per located on the printed circuit board.

See cable diagram for further information.

OVER

RIDE

PUMP A

BUZZER

RELEASE

OVER

RIDE

PUMP B

RELEASE - ^

0 " - ~ ,

OVERRIDE

PORT

^

^

^

STBD

Figure 2.16

PRINWn aRCIIIT RHARn

c

o

V__f/

O

S H J O

9

SH

S" 9

o

@

9

HI

\1 /<

D

X I

1

1 ^

1

••H

O

'jpSj \jpi

J U M P E R D E S C R I P T I O N .

JP l — > E x r O i N A L OVEFfSDE.

]b

Ö]

jÖ-Öj

NORUALL r S E 7 IN POSITION 'rZS' FO R APPUCA TJON W T H (2 ' A C T V A TORS. 4 * P U U P S ) .

U - ^ l O o' Al± 4 P U U P S M L L B£ S E T T O P O S I V O N ' O V E f V D E ' REGARDLESS O F t t H I C H

res

NO '^ '^^

ty/V/75 THAT

IS

A C V V A T E D .

F O R A P P U C A V O N M I t i ( / 'A C T U A T O R . 2 * P U U P S } T H E J U U P E f f S H A L L BES E T T O POSITJON 'NO'

JP 2

— >

OVEKRIDE U G H T

D I U U E D .

[o~Ö[ [CH^

NORMALLY S E T T O POSTJON NO' O V U ^ t O E U C H T N O T D I U U E D.

H

e

»rs

NO

JP J — > B U Z 2 E R C O N N E C T E D .

U

r,l L, Xl

TWf

O V D i R I D E FUNCTION C A N B E SUPPLIED M T H A N A U D I B L E A L A R M .

|G-Oj jO_Oj

>C5 MO

Art No.

1NSTRB-EL0O3-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear

-



Page 57 of 111

wmm

i msa

Rolls-Royce


2.

CONTROL STATIONS

• Non-follow-u p steering.

Non-follow-up lever for time dependent control of the rudder

(the rudder mov es as long as the lever is activated).

For application (l*actuator, l*pump) this unit can be connected for priority steering.

<P

Figure 2.17

^ \

Follow-up controller.

The follow-up co ntroller consist of a rotating steering han dle (or whee l). This has a scale for

selection of required rudder angle. A precision potentiometer is connected to the steering

handle to transfer the order to the control system. F or two rudder system the follow-up

function can be supplied for independent and/or synchronised steering.

The controller has the possibility for gain adjustment.

Figure 2.18

F V - A DJU S J E R P O R T

F V - A D J U S T E R S T B D

SYNCHRONIZED ' '

I N D E P E N D E N T

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-m ail: tenfiord(Siro]ls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 58 of 111



amm

H^SBj

Rolls-Royce


2. CONTROL STATIONS

• By-pass and sepa rat in g sys tem. .

This unit is used to control steering gear wh ich have

a

hydraulic system that can

be by-passed and separated. The system can be operated either from the bridge or

the steering gear room.

The bridge control panel normally have following function:

Manual disconnecting switch and indication to disconnect the bridge remote control.

Manual separating switch and indication to isolate the two hydraulic system.

Manual by-pass switch and indication to hydraulic by-pass the selected system.

Figure 2.19

MANUAL

DISCCM^-

CCHNG

SYSTEM

SISCEtMl-

ECTED

MAMJAL

SEPA

RATED

1ANUAL

3Y-PASS

SYSTEW

SYSTEM

SEPA

RATED

SYSTEM

BY

PASSED

MANUAL

9Y-PASS

SYSTEtG

EYSTEæ

BY

PASSED

• D i m m e r u n i t .

Each control panel normally have one electronic dimmer unit. All control lamps

except the alarm lamps have the dimming function.

Each dimmer unit have:

a: 8 pc PW M (Puis Width Mod ulated) outputs for dimm ing of the lamps

mounted on the printed circuit board on the control panel,

b:

6

pc output for dimm ing of lamps supplied with internal or external

supply. Normally used for dimming of FU-scale, rudder indicators, etc.

oooooooooooooooo

poK'

~O0OO C OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

JUUPFR DFSCRIPJION

lO OICH.9

lO OiCH.lO

iO 0icw.n

lO OlCH.r2

IO OICH .rj ( a*

extamal auppty)

\0-0\CH.14 (ex. Internal euppiy)

nDDDDDDDnDDDnDGaDDDDaDDDaDDI

I.

n

Art.

No.

mSTRB-ELO03-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear

Tenfjord, N-6264 T enn^ord, N orway


Page 59 of 111

http://0-0/CH.14



http://0-0/CH.14



Esnm

1 Rolls-Royce

ISES « r

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

2.3

2.3.1

2.3.2

2.3.3

Control equipment CM...series

CM IO... non-follow-up steering lever.

Non-follow-up lever with in-command for time dependent control of the rudder

(the rudder m oves as long as the lever is activated).

Figure 2.21

of Æ5

0=1

0

) n°

[o.

nt>

o

CM20... follow-up steering controller.

Follow-up controller with in-command, The unit consist of a rotating steering handle and a

scale for selection of required rudder angle. A precision potentiometer is connected to the

steering handle to transfer the order to the control system. For two rudder system the

follow-up function can be supplied for independent and/or synchronised steering.

Figure 2.22


S Y N C H R O N I Z E D

CM30.. . a larm panel .

See section for alarm system.

2.3.4

2.3.5

CM 40.. . Motor control ler modul .

Run/stop/auto-start indication is often mounted in the engine control room.

Figure 2.23

O

o

PUW *

[sræ

PUMP a

PUt f s

STOP

AUTO

STASI

O

o

CM50... rudder indicators.

See section for rudder indicator system..

Art No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 60 of 111





QSSB

msm

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

2.4

2.4.1

Emergency steering

Steering gear, solenoid operated pumps

FR OM BR I D GE

The main control panel is normally supplied with non-follow-up push buttons

for emergency steering.

The non-follow-up push buttons are often equipped with priority so that other steering modes

are disconnected w hen the steering is operated. If the priority steering is used a audible alarm

will be activated, the alarm can be reset with the "buzzer release" push button.

To regain normal steering turn the override switch to position "release".

For emergency steering not used with priority the emergency steering is activated when the

override switch is in position "override".

Figure 2.24

O verride indication

B uzzer release

O verride switch

— N on-follow-up push b utton

FR OM S TEER I N G GEA R R OOM

The manoeuvring valves on the rudder motor can be operated manually by use of the

emergency device on the solenoids. The selector switches on the motor controller

must be turned to position "Local Control".

Hand-hydraulic emergency steering pump if installed is usually situated in the steering gear

room. In order to operate this pump the cocks for connecting the pump must be opened.

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE ARE SUPPLIED WITH EACH STEERING GEAR.

THESE ARE TO BE DISPLAYED ON THE BRIDGE AN D IN THE STEERING GEAR

ROOM.

Figure 2.25

9

( n

\ 1 = 1

\ .'—'.

;. R E M O T E

2. STOP

J.

L O C A L C O N T R O L

' M O T O R C O N T R O L L E R

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4




Page 61 of 111







EiffflH

Essai

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

2.

CONTROL STATIONS

2.4.2

Steering gear frequency controlled pumps

FR OM BR I D GE

The main control panel is normally supplied with non-follow-up push buttons

for emergency steering.

The non-follow-up push buttons are often equipped with priority so that other steering modes

are disconnected when the steering is operated. If the priority steering is used a audible alarm

will be activated, the alarm can be reset with the "buzze r relea se" push button.

To regain normal steering turn the override switch to position "re lease".

For emergency steering not used with priority the emergency steering is activated when the

override switch is in position "override".

Figure 2.26

O verride indication

Buzzer release

O verride switcli

Nan —follow—up push but ton

FR OM S TEER I N G GEA R R OOM

The manoeuvring pump on the rudder motor can be operated manually by use of the

emergency push bu ttons in the front o f the starter. The selector switches on the m otor

controller is to be turned to position "Local Con trol".

Hand-hydraulic emergency steering pump if installed is usually situated in the steering gear

room. In order to operate this pump the cocks for connecting the pump must be opened.

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE ARE SUPPLIED WITH EACH STEERING GEAR.

THESE ARE TO BE DISPLAYED ON THE BRIDGE AND IN THE STEERING GEA R

ROOM.

Figure 2.27

«

/ o o \ /

«

y ^ ^ O R T ] \ S 7B D \

/ O O

^ ^ M OT O R

B

;.

R E M O T Z

2 . S T O P

J . L O C A L C O N T R O L

C O N m O L L E R

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4

Rolls-Royce

Marine AS,

Dept. Steering Gear - Ten^o rd, N-6264 Tenn^ord, Norway

E-mail: tenfjordØ.roils-rovce.com www.rolis-royce.com

Page 62 of 111





Esam

hUVi*^

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

3.

POWER UNIT

3.1 Gen eral powe r units

3.1.1 Starting meth ods.

• Direct-On-Line start (D.O.L)

The most common way to start a squirrel cage motor is to connect the main supply

directly to the motor. The starting current for this method is high (see diagram),

it has no limitation. (Start current = 6 - 8*In).

Figure J . /

U L 2 L 3

,1,1

'V \ \ \

R P M

•

Y/D

-

start (star-delta)

If it is necessary to reduce the starting current of a mo tor due to supply limitation,

it is possible to use star/delta starting. (Start current = 1.3 - 2.6*In).

Figure 3.2

u L2 LJ

Yf) ''YY)

C U R R E N T

7

6

5

Art. No.

1NSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 63 of 111





ESBm

Es^a

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

3. POWER UNIT

Auto-transformer

Starting current of

a

motor can also be reduced with auto-transformer.

The voltage w ill then be increased in steps when the motor is starting.

(Start current = 1.7 - 4*In).

Figure 3.3

U • L2 LJ

f / 1

i 1

• H ^

•^ rV ^

C U R R E N T

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4

Rolls-Royce Mar ine AS,


E-m ail: tenfiord(fl).rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 64 of 111





ssas

klslKjj

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

3.

POWER UNIT

3.2 Mo tor Controller M C...

3.2.1 Comm on function.

• Location.

The motor controller cabinets are normally located in the steering gear room.

• Rem ote control.

The motor controller are remotely started and stopped from the bridge. To operate

the actuator at least one pum p unit has to be started. The desired pum p are started,

by pressing the button marked

"start"

on the bridge. The green lamp will be lit.

Stop the pump by pressing the button marked

"stop",

the corresponding red lamp

will then lit.

• Alarm outpu ts.

Standard alarm outputs from motor controller:

- El. motor (overload pum p.)

- Phase failure to el. motor (phase failure pump)

- Power failure to el. motor (power failure pum p.)

- Power failure to steering system (power failure steering system.)

Solenoid operated steering gear

The motor controller incorporates following main functions:

a: Start/stop of pump motor.

b: Power supply to steering system.

c: Alarm transmitters (contacts) to alarm system

• Frequ ency controller steering gear

The motor controller is provided with following main functions:

a: Direction and speed control of the pump.

b: Power supply to steering system

c: Alarm transmitters (contacts) to alarm system.

d: Emergency NFU steering.

Art. No.

Rolls-Royce Ma rine AS,

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Dep t. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 65 of 111

Sign., date, rev.


ARS, 29.12.03,

Rev4







iMim

Rolls-Royce


3.

POWER UNIT

3.2.2

Steering gear, solenoid operated pumps

Figure 3.4

M O T O R C O N T R O L L E R

•

Local control.

There is a selector switch in the motor controllers door, which has the following positions:

Remote control (steering from the bridge).

Stop (maintenance).

Local control (only emergency steering from the steering gear room is possible).

Normal position is "Remote control". Start, stop and steering commands are done from

the bridge.

The stop position is used to prevent unintentional start from the bridge du ring repair of the

steering gear or rudder.

"Local control" is used for fiinction testing the steering gear, or emergency operation of the

manoeuvring valves. In this position the steering control from the bridge is disconnected. A

fault in this system will therefore not interfere with the emergency steering. The motor

controller will turn on the power supply to the electric motor. The manoeuvring valves on

the rudder motor can then be operated manually by use of the emergency device on the

solenoids.

The alarm "Power failure control" will be activated in position "stop" and "local control"

as an information to the crew on the b ridge that remote control is out of function.

Art.

No.

INSTRB-ELOOS-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-m ail: tenfiord(a),rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 66 of 111





1 Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

3. POWER UNIT

• Solenoid Dri ver SDIOO

Purpose:

The SDIOOC has been developed to avoid the problems with switching of high

inductive current solenoids. The two main problems are:

1) Voltage drop on the supply lines due to long distance between bridge

and steering gear compartment.

2) We lding and heavy wear of relay- and switch contacts due to high inductive

of the solenoids.

Principle diagram:

Figure

3.5 ^

S O L E N O I D D R IV E R T Y P E S D IO O .

C O N N E C T E D F O R S T E E R I N G S IG N A L C O M M O N (+)

S U P P L f

Standard

Rolls-Royce Marine

dep. Steering Gear

I

P O R T

I

.1^4

^4-

STBO

I

i

S

* > (P O R T )

y ( C O M M O N + )

16

( P O R T ) 6-

9 ( S T B D )

A L A R M

CONTACT N O . I

Q

( C O M M O N + ) Q

( S T B D )

e -

A L A R M

CONTACT NO.

^ n

I S T B D I

S O L E N O I D D R IV E R T Y P E S D IO O .

C O N N E C T E D F O R S T E E R IN G S IG N A L C O M M O N

(-)

,r / \ .

, i J S U P P L Y

If common (—} is selected

A

see also jumper setting for ^"^ ^

control system CS-** ,

^^

(Pump control card)

^ §

f ) ( P O R T )

O ( C O M M O N - ) Q

( P O R T ) O-

f > ( S T B D )

A L A R M

CONTACT N O . t

Q

5

Q;

( C O M M O N * ) Q-

( S T B D ) O-

A L A R M

CONTACT N 0 . 2

^ n

I S T B D

I

Art.

No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-m ail: tenfiord(fl).rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 67 of 111





(RBIH

IM'M

Rolls-Royce


3. POWER UNIT

Function:

The SDIOOC is a dual electronic power relay with the following features:

1) Low input current. The input resistance of the relay is Ik which gives an input

current of

24

mA at 24 V supply. This current is high enoug h to ensure reliable

contact function of mechanical switches, and low enough to avoid problems with

wear and w elding of contacts. Besides, the current is purely resistive.

2) Input filter. The input signal is low pass filtered throug h a RC -circuit to avoid noise

from trigging the output transistor.

3) Threshold limit. To make the output transistor turn on, the input signal has to

exceed 15 V. This is accomplished by mea ns of a zener diode in the signal line and

helps shut out false signals.

4) Protected output. A zener diode protects the output transistor from over voltage due to

kickback from the solenoid.

5) Choice of polarity. Connec tion to the appropriate input terminals give the user a choice

of comm on plus or comm on m inus to suit the polarity at the output of the control system.

6) Alarm relay output. The driver is equipped with two change over relay contact set.

The relay is energised as long as the power supply to the driver is present.

Electrical specification solenoid driver type SDIOO.

Supply voltage:

Current consumption:

Max. input voltage:

Max. continuous output current:

Alarm relay contact ratings:

Dimensions / weight:

1 8 - 3 1 V D C

Max = 4A

Normal (one solenoid energised) = 0.9A

Stand-by = 25mA

Equal to supply voltage

2A

Max. current = 2A

Max. voltage = 24V AC/DC

Max. power = 30W/50VA

Width :60 mm

Depth

Height

Weight

70

110 mm

210 grams

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Te nn^ord, Norway


Page 68 of 111





msm

.laiTOüg,

Rolls-Royce


3. POWER UNIT

3.2.3 Steering gea r , frequency controlled pumps

Figure 3.6

s

M O T O R C O N T R O L L E R

• Local control .

There is a selector switch in the mo tor controller door, which has the following po sitions:

Remote control (steering from the bridge).

Stop (maintenance).

Local control (only emergency steering from the steering gear room is possible).

Normal position is "Remote control". Start, stop and steering commands are done from

the bridge.

The stop position is used to prevent unintentional start from the bridge during repair of the

steering gear or rudder.

"Local control" is used for function testing the steering gear, or emergency operation of the

manoeuvring pump. In this position the steering control from the bridge is disconnected. A

fault in this system will therefore not interfere with the emergency steering. The motor

controller will turn on the unlock signal to the frequency converter, but the em ergency

manoeuvring push button on the front of the motor controller must be operated manually to

move the rudder.

The alarm "Power failure control" will be activated in position "stop" and "local control"

as an information to the crew on the bridge that remote control is out of function.

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 69 of 111





1 Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

RUDDER INDICATION SYSTEM

4.1

Ru dder indication system


• The rudder angle indication system provides continuous indication of the steering gear

actual rudder position. Each steering gear have two indication systems.

• The main component are:

- Rudde r angle indicator.

- Rudde r angle indicator amplifier type 5801-R I05-00.

- Feed back unit (see section for feed-back unit).

The main part of the system is the rudder angle position amplifier. A maximum of 5 rudder

indicators can be connected to each unit. The unit is connected to a precision potentiom eter

in the feed back unit. Power supply to the unit is 24VDC from the ship main supply.

A galvanic isolated +-10V rudder position signal is available for external equipment.

Principle diagram.

Figure 4.1

R U D D E R I N D . N 0 . 1 R U D D E R I N D . N 0 .2

R U D D E R I N D . N O . 5

R U D D E R I N D I C A T O R A M P U F I E R T Y P E 5 8 01 -R I 0 5 -0 0

XIP'

-U>.

- U > -

S I G N A L T O E X T E R N A L E QU I P M E N T

Art No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 70 of 111





Esma

i i i « MJ

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


4.1.2 Technical specification ru dder indicator amplifier, 5801-R I05-00.

• The rudder angle indicator amplifier is arranged on a printed circuit board (PC B)

with all the electronic components and terminals mounted. This PCB is located in a casing

that can be mounted on rails. Normal mounting position is together with the terminals for the

main control panel.

• The main function for the amp lifier are:

- Interface for the rudd er angle indicating system .

- Voltage regulator.

- Interface to feed back unit.

- Gain adjustment rudder indicators and galvanic isolated rudder position signal.

- Zero adjustme nt for the feed back signal.

Signal description/specification:

- Power supply

- Operation temp

- Power output

- The feed back transmitter

- Signal to rudde r indicato r

24VDC - 4A.

-25 to 75 degrees.

I5W

Precision potentiometer (5Kohm).

3 wire system, +12VDC , -I2V DC and rudder s ignal

Rudder in mid position equal a rudder signal of OVDC.

A negative signal to the instrument is port direction.

Figure 4.2

pJl^lJlt

I I I I I I I I I I I I n m n r

• 0 "

I N S m U C V O N F O R ADJUSTMENT

a: A dps t feedback potmeter to zero,

b. A djust rudd er ind. to max. scale

at 7.5VDC input (F actory sett ing),

c: Zero adjustment P 20 (+— 3 degrees),

d : G a i n adps t m ent P 30

e: Each of the rudder indicators can also

be adjusted seperat iy .

Art No.

JNSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - Ten^ord, N-6264 TennQord, Norway

E-mail: tenfiord(fl).rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 7 1 of 111





EESm

iihsm

Rolls-Royce



4.1.3 Rudder indicators type CM 30 -.. . .

• Genera l information ru dder indicator s.

The rudder angle indicators are based on a

3

wire system, +12VD C, -12VDC and rudder

signal. When rudder in mid position the rudder signal is OVDC.

Each rudder indicator can be separately adjusted for gain and (zero position).

The rudder indicator can be delivered for/with:

- accuracy class rudder indicator: 1.5

(i.e.

+-1.5° for 50° rudder angle and +-2.1° for 70° rudder angle).

- indoor and outdoor mounting.

- rudder angle 50° or 70°.

- forward and aft. mounting.

- Adjustment done at factory:

a: The pointer is manu ally zero adjusted without pow er supply connected (see drawing ),

b: The rudder indicator is adjusted to maximum scale at 7.5VDC input

with the gain potentiometer.

• Rudder indicators overview

Figure 4.5

OVERVIEW R U DDE R IN DIC A T O R S

DLQ72...series

Goh odiatrrmit

—

®

—

DL0144...series

Gain oatistmmt +-51

Gain

adUatmmt

7 f o

adhrtmant .

\

VTR5... ser ies T R I—2.. . P an oram a

Boh odiatmmf

±^::;=^j^

/ • re

altjstinml

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - Ten^ord, N-62 64 Tennfjord, N orway


Page 72 of 111





™ | INSTRUCTION MANUAL

m

Rolls-Royce ALARM UNIT

5.1 Alarm unit AU 04 ...


The main components of the alarm system are the alarm unit, main alarm panel,

and slave alarm panel. The alarm unit is equipped with terminals for the alarm panels

and sensors. Outpu t signals to the ships general alarm system (EO) is also provide d.

The main panel and the slave panel are the alarm systems' interface to the operator.

The main panel is located in the engine control room and the slave panel is mounted

on the bridge.

•

Standard alarm function

- Overload pum p no. (El. motor overload).

- Phase failure pum p no. (Phase failure to el. moto r).

- Powe r failure pum p no. (Power failure to el. motor)

- Powe r failure control no. (Power failure steering control system)

- Lo w oil level pump no. (Level switch mou nted in the oil reservoir)

- Powe r failure aux. steering no. (Com mon for two pump units)

Hydraulic lock alarm pump no.

•

Oth er alarm func tions (If applicable)

- Clogged filter pum p no. (Sensor on the filter unit)

- High oil temp pump no. (Used for steering gear with oil cooler)

- Earth failure alarm pum p no. (Only activated when the motor is not running).

- Rudd er synch failure alarm (Only used on vessel with two rudders).

•

Description of ru dder synchr o failure alarm .

- Purpose of a "Rudde r synch failure alarm"

The purpose of the rudder synch, failure alarm is to measure the deviation between the

two rudders when the system is operating in synchronized mode. If the deviation

is greater than +-2.5 °, this shall be indicated with an audible and visual alarm .

- How the alarm system detects the "Rudder synch failure alarm"

The technical solution for this alarm is to mou nt a potentiometer in the feed-back unit

for each steering gear. The two signal are then connected to a analog comparator relay,

which can be adjusted to give a galvanic isolated alarm signal. This alarm signal is further

connected to a alarm input on the alarm unit.


INSTRB-EL003-GB Dep t. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 73 of 111

Sign., date, rev. E-mail: tenfiordØ.rolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4





Eam

æ s s s s

Rolls-Royce


ALARM UNIT

• Description of hydrau lic lock alarm.

Purpose of a "Hydraulic lock alarm"

Hydraulic lock may occur where the hydraulic system is arranged such that malfunctions

(for examp le, in directional valve s) can cause power un its to work in closed circuit with

each other rather than in parallel delivering fluid to the rudder actuator. W here a single

failure can lead to hydraulic lock and loss of steering, an audible and visual alarm , w hich

identifies the failed system , is to be provided on the navigation bridge.

How the alarm system detects the "Hydraulic lock alarm"

Our technical solution for this alarm is to moun t one inductive sensor at each end of

the m anoeuv ring valve in order to detect whether the spool is going to port or starboard side.

This kind of arrangement has been provided for each of the two pump units.

The order signal is generated from the co ntrol system

When will the "Hydraulic lock alarm" occur

If the steering command signal is stopped and the manoeuvring spool is locked in outer

position, "Hydraulic lock alarm" will be monitored both on the bridge and in the control

room after approx. 5 seconds.

Figure 5.0

H O W T H E A LA R M S Y S T E M D E T E C T S T H E H Y D R A U LIC L O C K A L A R M .

P R O X I M I T Y

S E N S O R P O R T I

S E N S O R S T B D I

Cz

ALARM U N I T

n o

C O N T R O L

S Y S T E M

1 O P T O C O U P L E R

1 P O R T

1

' O P T O C O U P L E R

[ _ S T B D

\

"

\

T - ' l

J

H Y D R A U L I C

L O C K A L A R M

I N P U T

A D D IT I O N A L I N F O R I A A V O N .

P R O X I M IT Y (I N DU C V V E ) S E N S O R S A R E M O U N T E D O N

T H E M A N O E U V R I N G V A L V E S A N D O P T O C O U P L E R S

A R E M O U N T E D IN S I DE T H E C O N T R O L S Y S T E M U N I T

P R O X I M IT Y S E N S O R D E T E C T S M O V E M E N T O F S P O O L .

O P T O C O U P L E R D E T E C T S G I V E N O R D E R S I G N A L -

H Y D R A U L IC L O C K A L A R M W I LL O C C U R I F S P O O L

I S L O C K E D I N O U T E R P O S I V O N .

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 74 of 111





^m

__ _ INSTRUCTION MANUAL

ALARM UNIT

Rolls-Royce

5.1.2 Techn ical specification

• Gene ral description of alarm system AU 04 - series

The AU 04 alarm system is designed to meet the regu lations of the classification societies,

SOLAS and IMO for a ships steering gear system.

The system consists of the following main modules:

- Distribution Circuit Board.

- Alarm Circuit Board(s).

- Alarm Panels.

The Distribution Circuit Board and Alarm Circuit Board(s) are mounted inside a steel cabinet,

and together this make s the Alarm Unit type AU0 4-** *. The system is modular and may

have from 5 to 26 alarms, depending of the number of Alarm Circuit Board(s) that is mounted

(1 or 2) and how many alarm channels each Distribution Circuit Board is equipped with.

The Distribution Circuit Board contains the following main functions:

- Terminals for sensors, alarm panels, EO, power supply etc.

- Common components for alarm channels, as blink generator, alarm testing device etc.

- Connectors for the plug-in Alarm Circuit Board(s)

- Power supply and ftises

The

Alarm Circuit Board(s)

contain the following main functions for each alarm channel:

- Input filter/time delay

- Alarm relay for trigging the alarm lamps, EO, mem ory/blink latching relay etc.

- Latching relay for memorising temporary alarms, trigging buzzers, auto-start, etc.

The Alarm Panels contain the following main components:

- Terminals for connection to the Distribution Circuit Board

- Alarm lamps and buzzer.

- Test and acknowledge push buttons

There can be up to three alarm panels connected to the system. One acts as the main alarm

panel. A complete system-test and acknowledgement of alarms, can only be done from the

main alarm panel. From the other alarm panels (called slave panels) only lamp test and local

buzzer cancellation can be carried out.

The whole system is built on standard discrete electronic components and mechanical relays.


INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear - TenQord, N-6264 TennQord, Norway Page 75 of 111

Sign.,

date,

rev.

E-m ail: tenfiord(ft).rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4





usaB

EESm

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

ALARM UNIT

• Fu nctional description .

Below is shown a simplified block diagram of the system, just showing the main functions.

Since the system can have from 5 to 26 alarm channe ls, just two charmels are show n;

designated No 1 and No n. The circuits are equal for all channels.

II

i^

-w-

LLJ

1

UV,\ W

:J

1=

1

r

IN

11

iBl

SB

r^:^

I 1 I L . J

I I

4

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4




Page 76 of 111







s INSTRUCTION MANUAL

um

R o 11 S " R O y C S A L A R M U N I T

Description of alarm number "n", ref. block diagram.

The input circuit consists mainly of a RC-circuit and a relay. The relay is normally energised

as long as the alarm sensor contact is closed. When the alarm contact opens, the RC-circuit

provides a time delay of a few seconds to avoid false alarm trigging. At the end o f the delay

time, the relay is de-energised, and the following happens:

- EO circuit is activated and the EO relay contacts open, trigging the main alarm system .

- The lamp driver circuit is turned on, enabling the respective alarm lam ps to light.

- The trig circuit is activated which in turn activates the two buzzer circuits and

"memo and blink" circuit, which mainly consists of a mechanical latching relay.

The "memo and blink" circuit will enable the respective alarm lamps to blink in addition to

"memorise" the alarm condition, in case the alarm condition should vanish before it was

acknowledged. In case of power failure, the alarm condition will not be lost at next power-up.

The alarm lamp outputs are short circuit protected. The diagram shows two lamps, but the

system can drive up to three sets of lamps; one main panel and two slave panels.

The Blink circuit supplies both the alarm lamps and buzzers with 1 Hz oscillating pow er,

enabling these components to blink and "buzz" simultaneously when enabled.

Now the alarm lamps are blinking, both buzzers are powered, the external alarm system is

activated and the second control system/pump unit is energised.

By activating the

"Audible"

button at one of the slave alarm panels, the local buzzers are

turned off, but the alarm lamps are still flashing.

By activating the "Acknowledge" button at the main alarm panel, the local buzzer goes off.

At the second push of this button, the following happens:

- The "Mem o & blink" relay is reset, disabling the blinking of the alarm lam ps.

- If the alarm con dition is still present, the alarm lamps goes from flashing to steady light;

otherwise it is turned off.

When the alarm condition finally vanishes, the alarm lights go out and the external alarm

output contacts close.

In case a second alarm condition occurs before the first has vanished, the buzzers are trigged

again, but only the second alarm lamp will flash; the first will light steady.

The button "System Test" at the main alarm panel will open all alarm input contacts leading

to an activation of all alarm channels.

All alarm lamps and buzzers will be turned on and external alarm systems activated. In this

way the complete alarm system will be tested, except the alarm sensors.

The button "Lamp Test" at the slave panel(s) will mak e all alarm lam ps light, both on m ain

panel and slave panel(s), until the button is released. The external alarm systems and auto start

fiinction will not be affected.

Art. No. Rolls-Royce

Marine AS,

INSTRB-EL003-GB Qcpt. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-626 4 Tennfjord, Norway Page 77 of 111

Sign.,

date, rev. E-m ail: tenfiord(ft).rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4





Essm

J^SSS

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

ALARM UNIT

• Distribu tion Circu it Board .

Below is shown the main layout of the Distribution Circuit Board . It is shown in the

maximum layout with 26 alarm outputs. The variation of layout will mainly show in the

number of terminals and number of Alarm Circuit Board(s), connector X9 and XIO.

Figure 5.2

Strapped for auto-start

signal:

patentioal free contact

1

1 | p o

jo 0

Q.

o o

0 o

0,

(p o

0 o

Q-

0 o

0 o

stropped for auto—start signol(opfion):

24

VDC

for each pump

Xil

CL a

S E

Q. CL

G-O

G-O

O-O

G-O

O

Q

Q. O.

S E

:; 5

CL Q,

© ^

C3-0

•

G-O

&0

Description for terminals and connectors of the Alarm Circuit Board(s)::

XI Powe r supply input

X2 Alarm contacts and sensor input

X3 Alarm outputs, slave alarm panel

X4 Alarm outputs, main alarm panel

X6 Alternative alarm outputs, main alarm panel (cabinet mo unted)

X7 Auto-start outputs

X8 External alarm/control-system outputs

X9 Connector for Alarm Circuit Board No 1

X10 Connector for Alarm Circuit Board No 2

X II Strapping for auto-start.

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - Ten^ord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway


Page 78 of 111





Essm

1 Rolls-Royce


ALARM UNIT

5.1.3

Alarm panel type CM50.

• The main alarm panel (EC R) has the following lamps/pu sh buttons:

- Lam ps for indication of each alarm.

- Comm on acoustic alarm (Buzze r).

- Button for system test so that the operator can test the whole alarm system.

- Sound/alarm off button for the operator.

This button has two functions depending on whether it pressed once or twice.

First push : Turns off the buzzer in the main alarm panel.

Second push : Stops the blinking alarm light.

The lamps will show a permanent light if the alarm

condition is still present. If not the alarms will be turned off.

The slave alarm panel (bridge) incorporates the following lamps/push buttons:

- Lam psfor indication of each alarm.

- Com mon acoustic alarm (Buzze r).

- Panel test which activates all alarm lamps and buzzer.

- Button to turn off the buzzer.

(reset the autom atic start function, see also section for start/stop/autostart).

SLAVE ALARM PANEL

MAIN ALARM PANEL

, p i » ^

JlSBiö IÄO

PUUP

B

PHASE

FAJLURE

PUMP

B

P A N a

gure 5 .3

PUMP A

PO«ER

FAILURE

PUMP

B

O

POff iB-»

"TÄiLURE

CONTOOL A

P O l O

FAILURE

c m m a B

AUDIBlf

i £va

PlIUP A

LOW OL

l£VB.

PUUP e

J

^

-ewisAft.

mup A

0\B LOAD

PUMPB

SYSTEM

TEST

PUMP A

PHASE

FAILURE

PUMP B

- F A I i U B E .

PUMP

A

POWER

FAIURE

PUMP B

O

æ W S Q L A

POWR

FAILURE

c o o r a a B

PUMPB

ACKNOW-

IIDGE

K

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 79 of 111







1 Rolls-Royce


ALARM UNIT

5.2 Steering failure alarm type A S ll - . . . .

5.2.1 System overvie w

The system consist of three units:

- Steering failure alarm panel.

- Rudder angle transmitter and FU-steerin g transmitter.

- Steering failure alarm unit.

The Steering failure alarm system provides both audible and visual alarm in the

pilot house upon failure of the rudder to follow steering commands when follow-up mode

is selected, regardless of the cause of failure. The system constantly compares the ordered

angle and the actual rudder angle. When these signals differ by more than a certain value

(the alarm set point, which is typically 5 degrees) the system ca lculates the time it

should take for the rudder to reach to this new position. If the rudder has not reached it

within the calculated time, alarm is automatically monitored.

The system is deactivated when non-follow-up steering is used.

5.2.2 Technical specification.

The steering failure alarm unit consist of a PLC (programmable logical controller)

and terminals for connection of external signals.

The Steering failure alarm is designed to meet and exceed the requirements of

U.S.

Coast Guard electrical engineering regulation 46 CFR, Part 113.43.

The system is designed to actuate an audible and visual alarm in the pilot house

when the rudder differs more than 5 degrees from the position ordered by the

FU-steering transmitter for more than:

- 30 seconds for ordered rudder position changes of 70 degree s.

- 6.5 seconds foro rde redr udd er position changes of 5 degrees, and

- The time period calculated by the following formula for ordered rudder

position changes between 5 degrees and 70 degrees.

t = R / 2 , 7 6 + 4 ,6 4

Whe re R = ordered rudder change s in degrees,

t = maximum time delay in seconds.

The system will also actuate audible and visual alarms when

- the rudder fails to move within 4,64 seconds in the correct direction

of the ordered command for orders over 5 degrees.

- if the steering failure alarm system should loose the pow er supply.

A normal closed contact is also provided for the main alarm system EO.

Art.

No. Rolls-Royce Ma rine AS,

1NSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear - TenQord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 80 of 111

Sign., date,

rev.


ARS,

29.12.03, Rev4







ssas

IsBHl

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

ALARM UNIT

5.2.3

Steering failure alarm panel.

The steering failure alarm pa nel has the following function:

- Red lamp for alarm indication/ alarm acknowled ge.

Function alarm acknowledge button:

First push : Turns off the buzzer.

Second push : Stop the flashing alarm light.

The lamp will now show a permanent light if the alarm

condition is still present. If there is no longer an alarm

condition the alarm will be turned off

- Audible alarm (buzzer).

- Green lamp "run/test deviation alarm" to indicate the steering failure alarm

system is in function and panel test.

The panel test activates the alarm lamp and the buzzer.

Figure 5.4

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4




Page

81

of 111







liliPW

m ^ ^ m

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FEED BACK UNIT

6.1 Feed back unit FB ...

6.1.1 General description

The feedback unit contains the transmitter for the rudder indicating system, switches for

limitation of the rudder travel and transmitter for the control system. The unit is fitted to a

bracket flanged to the top of the actuator. The drive for the feedback unit is provided either by a

linkage arrangement or a chain/belt drive to the rotor. The chain/belt is pre-tensioned by a

spring to eliminate play.

The feed back unit can also be delivered for separate mounting.

The drive shaft follows the turning of the rudder stock and transfer the move men t to the

potentiometer(s) and the tripping releaser for the limit switche s. The potentiome ter(s) can

be single, double or triple depending on the installation.

The tripping cams are adjusted to interrupt the steering signal about 2 deg rees before the

rotor reaches mechanical stop.

The feedback unit is pre-set in mid ship position during final testing in the factory.

6.1.2 Assem bly drawing feed back unit type FB 40-....

Figure 6.1

T E R M I N A L S

P O T E N T I O M E T E R

é L IM I T S W I T C H E S

ir +

2 ^ ^ '^ ^ ^3.

f

g

a

T'

"T \

i}

^\\

l E ^ a

\ t

Cn,

a , I

+

+

i B n g p J QT

+

_± y

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenfjordØ.rolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 82 of 111





EESm

Kimagj

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

MAINTENANCE - FAULT FINDING

7.1 Installation

7.1.1 Gene ral information

• Qualified personnel must carry out all electrical installations, and all work must be

executed in accordanc e with the rules or the classification society.

7.1.2 Com ponen t location

• The units are type approved only when they are located inside the original cabinet.

• The location of each compone nt is stated in the cable diagram.

• The control system type

CS-. . . .

is made for bulkhead mounting and is normally

mounted in the bridge or room adjacent to. The cable length from the control system

to the bridge equipment must not be more than 100m.

• The motor controller type MC-.... is mad e for bulkhead mounting and is normally

mounted in the steering gear room.

• The control panel type CU -... and CM-... must be placed easily visible and accessible

on the bridge.

• The alarm unit type AU-... is normally placed in the engine control room, but can be

situated on the bridge if requ ired.

7.1.3 External cables

• All cables must be approved of the classification society.

• The cross-section of the cables for the control and rudder indication system must be

according to the cable diagram.

• The cross-section of the main supply cables to the electric motors must be selected according

to the rules of the classification society. Confer pertaining list of cables for the installation.

7.1.4 Ma in sup ply.

• Note that special requirements are applicable for selection of the main circuit breaker.

• Pow er supply to the motor controller must be connecte d with separate cables directly from

the main switch board.

• The supply of 24V DC for the rudder indicator system and alarm system must be

supplied from a battery with constant supply.

7.1.5 Electric motor .

• The electric motor is selected for duty type S6-40 % (continuous operation periodic duty).



Sign., date, rev. E-m ail: tenfiordfS.rolls -rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4

http://-rovce.com/



http://-rovce.com/



Essm

i^sm

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

M A I N T E N A N C E

-

F AUL T F INDING

7.2 Running-in

7.2.1 Mo tor Controller M C .. . for solenoid operated steering gear.

F igure 7.1

M O T O R

CONTROLLER

• Con su lt section for pow er un it (moto r controller for solenoid operated steering gear ).

• Check that the power supply from the main switchboard to each motor controller is

correct and that each electric motor is connected for the correct supply.

• Switch on the isolating switch normally located inside the motor controller.

• Con su lt section for de-airing of the hydrau lic system .

Warning:

Running against mechanical stop will give full pressure in the system depending

on the setting of the relief valve s.

If air is left in the system this may be heard as increased noise from the pumps.

They must then be stopped to avoid damage.

The hydraulic system must be complete de-aired before next step.

• Check that the overload alarm output from the overload relay is adjusted to the ftiU load

current of the el. motor.

Factory setting.

• Turn the selection switch in the motor controller to position 3, "Local control".

The motor controller is now turned on and cannot be operated from the bridge panel.

Check that the power pump rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow on the pump

flange. If it goes the wrong way interchange mo tor cables.

• Turn the selector switch in the motor controller to pos. 1, "Rem ote control". Remo te start

from the bridge panel should now be possible.

• Turn the selector switch in the motor controller to pos. 2, "Sto p". It should now be

impossible to use remote start from the bridge. (Maintenance work to the steering gear

system may now be carried out.)

Art No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 84 of 111





Oiim

lagm

Rolls-Royce


MA I N TEN A N C E - FA U LT FI N D IN G

7.2.2

Motor controller M C ... for frequency operated steering gear.

F igure 7.2

M O T O R C O N T R O LLE R

• Consu lt section for power unit (moto r controller for frequ ency operated steering gear).

• Check that the powe r supply from the main switchboard to each motor controller is

correct and that each electric motor is connected for the correct supply.

• Switch on the isolating switch normally located inside the moto r controller.

• Consu lt section for de-airing of the hydrau lic system .

Warning:

Running against mechanical stop will give fiill pressure in the system depending

on the setting of the relief valves.

If air is left in the system this may be heard as increased noise from the pum ps.

They must then be stopped to avoid damage.

The hydraulic system must be complete de-aired before next step.

• Che ck that the overload alarm output from the freq. conv erter is adjusted to the full load

current of the el. motor. Factory setting.

• Turn the selection switch in the motor controller to position 3, "Loca l con trol".

The motor controller is now in running mode and cannot be operated from the bridge panel.

Check that the manoeuvring pump rotates in the direction indicated by the emergency push

button in the front of the starter door. If it goes the wro ng w ay interchang e m otor cab les.

• Turn the selector switch in the motor controller to pos. 1, "Rem ote control". Rem ote start

from the bridge panel should now be possible.

• Turn the selector switch in the motor controller to pos. 2, "Sto p' ' . It should now be

impossible to use remote start from the bridge. (Maintenance work to the steering gear

system may now be carried out.)

Art No.

INSTRB-ELOOS-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenf|[email protected] www.rolls-royce.com

Page 85 of 111







s INSTRUCTION MANUAL

mi l l w l l 3 " " r i O y C v . MAINTENANCE - FAULT FINDING

7.2.3 Feed back unit FB ...

• Consu lt section for the feed back unit and enclosed drawings.

• The feedback unit is norm ally adjusted and pre-set in mid ship position

during final testing in the factory.

• The feedback unit contains:

- switches for limitation of the rudder travel.

- transmitter for the rudder indicating system

- transmitter for the control system.

• Adju stmen t of limit switches.

- The tripping cams are adjusted to interrupt the steering signal about

1-2 degrees before the rotor reaches mechanical stop.

- Mov e the rudder to the limit switch position

- Adjust the position of each ring and tighten the locking screw.

• Adju stment of transm itter for the ru dder indicator system.

- Check that the rudder and mechanical rudd er indicator on the actuator is in zero position.

- Power supply to the rudder angle indication system to be switched off

- Disconnect the wire to the centre point of the feedback poten tiomete rs. Mea sure the

resistance between the end points on the potentiometer (approx. 5Kohm).

The resistance between each end point and mid point shall be equal.

Loosen the potentiometer and turn it until resistance between the end points and mid

point to each side is equal.

- If the rudder indicators moves in the wrong direction, interchange the outer

wires of the potentiometers.

• Adju stment of transm itter for the control system.

- Check that the rudder and mec hanical rudd er indicator on the actuator is in zero position.

- Power supply to the control system to be switched off

Switch off the isolating switch inside eac h moto r controller.

- Disconnect the wire to the centre point of the feedback potentio mete rs. Mea sure the

resistance between the end points on the potentiometer (approx. 5Kohm).

The resistance between each end point and mid point shall be equal.

Loosen the potentiometer and turn it until resistance between the end points and mid

point to each side is equa l.

- If the rudder mo ves in the wrong direction, interchange the outer wires of the potentiom eters.

Art.

No. Rolls-Royce Marine AS,

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dcpt. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tenngord, Norway Page 86 of 111


ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4







EESm

1 Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


7.2.4 Ru dder indication system.

• Con sult section for control station and feed back unit.

• The rudder indicator amplifier is norma lly located at the terminal list

on the main control panel.

• Adju stmen t of the mec hanical zero point of the rudder indicator.

- Check that all rudder indicators indicates 0 degrees without

power supply connected, (Factory setting).

• Adju stment of the ru dder indicator amplifier type 5801-R I05-00.

- Switch on the pow er supply to the indicator system.

- Check that the rudder and mech anical rudder indicator on the

actuator is in zero po sition.

Figure 4.2

o i — 1

?D

G A I N

G A I N

+ -1 0 V

Z E R O

I

I

o o o o

?

o o o o

oooooooooooooooo

:oo

If the rudder indicators not is indicating zero position a final zero adjustment (P20)

(+-2 degrees) can also be done on the rudder indicator amplifier.

Operate the rudder actuator manually from the steering gear room until the

mechanical rudder indicator reaches 35 degrees port. Adjust the gain (P30) on the

rudder amplifier until the rudder indicators show 35 degrees port. Each of

the rudder indicators can also be adjusted separately if necessary.

Adjustment of galvanic isolated +-10V rudder position signal.

Position the rudder 5 degrees before the steering gear reach mechanical stop, and

adjust (P40) until the rudder position signal equal 9V.

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: [email protected] www.rolis-royce.com

Page 87 of 111





i^sm

cüsai

Rolls-Royce



7.2.5

Control system CS .

• Consu lt section for rudder control system and control station.

• The power supply to the control system is taken from the motor controller, and

the isolating switch inside each motor controller mu st therefore be switched on.

• The jum per settings for the control system and control panel are stated in the

first part of

the

cable diagram.

- The jum per settings is done before the equipment is leaving the factory.

•

Non-follow-u p main steering.

- The non-follow-up main steering is often connected with priority

so that other steering modes are disconnected when this steering is used,

see enclosed cable diagram.

O verrid e light

Figure 7.4

O verride sw itch

B uzzer release

N on —follow—up steering push b utton.

The following test must be executed for each pump unit.

Start one pump at the time from the bridge.

Operate the override switch for permanent disconnection of all other steering

modes. The override function is indicated with override light for each pump,

and if required a audible alarm.

Move the rudder by activating the non-follow-up override push buttons.

For control system configured for override the rudder can also be operated

when the override switch is in off position.

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - Ten^ord, N -6264 TennQord, Norway


Page 88 of 111





füssm

B3H3J

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION M ANUAL


• Non-follow-u p steering lever.

N on-follow—up steering

lever.

Figure 7.5

The following test must be executed for each pump unit:

- Start one pum p at the time from the bridge.

- Select the steering mod e by pressing the in-comm and push button,

the lamp will then lit.

- Mov e the rudder by the selected steering lever.

- NFU memory (option).

If this fiinction is delivered the position of the steering gear will be stored in the

memory and used as order signal when the NFU steering lever is not used.

This function can be check by operating the non-follow-up main steering.

Art.

No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenfiord(ft rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 89 of 111





i T p n ^

EBSiSBJ

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

MA I N TEN A N C E - FAULT FINDING

• Follow-u p steering lever (Factory setting).

Figure 7.6

F U - A D J U S T E R P O R T

F U - A D J U S T E R S T B D

S Y N C H R O N I Z E D ' '


Note: Synchronized steering is done witli two potentiometers mounted on

a common shaft (a double potentiometer).

- Select the steering mod e by operating the in-comm and push button.

The "in command" function can be configured in two modes:

ref section for control system CS., series.

a: If the operator activate the in comm and, the steering mo de will be activated imm ediately.

b : If the in com mand push button is activated, the system require that the order signal is

equal to the position of the steering gear before the actual steering mod e is activated. If

not, the in com man d light will start flashing to indicate that the operator must change the

order signal. The order mu st be changed inside a period of 6-7 sec. Wh en the actual

steering stand is activated, the in command light goes from flashing to steady. This

function is only used for FU steering. For ships with two rudders and independent steering

this function is only connected to the controller for port rudder.

Note: Pos. "b" is standard for vessel with one rudder and follow-up steering.

- Adjust the 0-point for the FU-co ntroller .

- Adjust order signal from FU -controller to 8V(50°,FU -controller) or

10V(70°, FU-controller) when the position o f the controller is

max. order (mechan ical stop), J2-2 (OV) to J2-6(order signal) equal

respectively 8V or lOV. The adjustment is done with the pot. meter mou nted

on each controller.

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS,29.J2.03,Rev4

Rolls-Royce Marine

AS,

Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Ten n^ord, Norway


Page 90 of 111





E s s m

ttl.%'i44

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


• Control system , amplifier card.

Figure 7. 7

r C O N T R O L S Y S T E M T Y P E O S -**

r "

^ ux7'S T E E R IN G ' 'U N T

STEE:RIND STEERING STEERING STEERING

MODE 10 -12 MODE 7- 9 MEDE 4- 6 MEDE 1-3

/ \ / \ / V \

S elector \.

card (

®

8

®

HDDE 10

HDDE 11

MDDE IS

Selector |.

:ard

®

®

8

MODE 7

M O I E 8 1

MGIIE 9

Selector |.

:ard <

®

®

®

MODE 4

M E D E 5 1

HEBE 6

S elector \/

:ard c

S

s

®

MEIE 1

H E D E B 1

MEDE 3

A mplif ier

-ard

®

®

®®

®

®

-m

PERT CRDER"

STBD ERDER/ '^"" '^ ' '^

PERT ERDERl

STBD ERDER/ "

RUN PUMP 1 /3

RUN PUMP 2 / 4

GAIN (P20>

SENSITIVE <PSO)

TEST CONNECTER <J2>

R ack tor steer ing mode 1—12,

Select a steering mode w ith follow-up steering.

Move the FU-controller in command to a position approx. 5 degrees before mechanical

stop of the steering gea r and adjust P20(gain, amplifier card) until the position of the

steering gear equal the order.

Start (remote control) two pumps for each rudder.

Adjust P60 (sensitivity, amplifier card) clockw ise until the follow-up system start oscillating,

and the rudder overshoot when we move the controller. The oscillation and overshoot can be

observed on the 4 LED (order signal port/stbd for each pum p) on the front of the amplifier

card. Adjust P60 an half turn counter clockwise and move the controller again to observe if

the oscillation is gone. If not adjust again until the oscillation is gone.

If FU steering is selected and two pumps are running, the on/off steering signal will be

switch off to one of the pump when absolute value

(order - position steering gear) < 2-4 degre es.

Art No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4

Rolls-Royce

M arine AS,



Page 91 of 111



,B2EB1.

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

M A I N T E N A N C E - FAULT FINDING

• Control system, external analog equ ipme nt (autop ilot, joystick, DP) .

- Select a steering mod e for analog equi pm ent .

- Set the order signal from the analog equipme nt equal +10V DC .

- Adjust the gain potentiometer for the actual equipme nt until the rudder position

is 1-2 d egrees before the steering gear reaches m echanical stop (electric limit switches).

The position for the gain potentiometer for analog external equipment is indicated

on the first part of the cable diagram.

•

Control system, interface card (UIO)

- Adjustment of galvanic isolated +-10V rudder order signal.

Position the rudder 5 degrees before the steering gear reach mechanical stop, and

adjust (PIO) until the rudder order signal equal 9V.

7.2.6 Oth er function control panel.

• Consu lt section for control station.

• Dim me r test.

- First turn on all pum p units and check that the supply to the alarm system and rudder

indicator system is turned on. Turn the dimmer knob and check that the lamps on the bridge

steering gear panel are dimm ed. It is not possible to dim the alarm lam ps.


INSTRB.EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tenngord, Norway Page 92 of 111

Sign., date, rev. E-mail: tenfiord(5)rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03,

Rev4





^m __ INSTRUCTION MANUAL


tnssm

1 Rolls-Royce

7.2.7 Alarm system AU 04 ...

• Consu lt section for alarm system .

• Function test bridge alarm panel (slave panel).

- Push-button marked "pane l test" activates the buzzer in the bridge alarm panel and all the

visual alarms on both alarm panels for as long as it is activated.

- Push-button marked "audib le" turns off the buzze r on the bridge panel.

- During normal service the "Panel test " and "Au dibl e" lamps shall be illuminated.

• Function test alarm panel located in the control room (main panel).

- Push-button marked "system test" simulates an alarm situation on all the alarm inputs.

This must be acknowledged by pressing the button marked "audible & ack." on the

control room panel.

- One push on the button marked "au dible/ack ." on the control room panel will reset the

buzzer on the alarm panel. A second push will stop visual alarm from flashing.

A permanent light will be lit until the alarm situation is corrected.

- During normal service the "Audible & Ac k" and "System test" lamps shall be illuminated.

• Tripping any of the alarms the ship s' general alarm system (EO) will be activated. The out

put for the general alarm system will then be activated (NC).

• Auto start can be tested by activating any of the alarms on the corresponding

motor controller.

• Function test alarm inputs.

- Overload pum p no. for solenoid operated steering gear (El. motor overload).

The overload alarm can be tested by activating the test push button on the overload

relay located inside the motor controller.

Note : The overload relay shall be configured for automatic reset (factory setting).

- Overload pum p no. for

frequency controlled steering gear

(El. motor overload).

The overload alarm can be tested by disconnecting the wire connected to overload

contact on the frequency relay, see drawing for the motor co ntroller.

- Phase failure pump no. (Phase failure to el. mo tor).

Removing one of the fuses to the phase failure relay.

Art. No. Rolls-Royce M arine AS,

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear - Tengord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 93 of 111

Sign., date, rev. E-mail: tenfjordØ.rolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4





Esam

ü^m

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


Power failure pump no. ("Power failure to el. motor)

Remove one of the fuses for the start/stop circuit.

Pow er failure contro l no . (Pow er failure steering control system")

Turn the selection switch in the motor co ntroller to position to pos. 2, "Stop", or

position 3, "Local control".

Low oil level pum p no. (Level switch moun ted in the oil reservoir)

"Low oil level" is tested by disconnecting the level switch on the expansion tank.

Power failure aux. steering ("also include feed back failure).

a. Tested by remov ing the fuses for the aux. steering in the motor controllers.

Note: One aux. steering is supplied from two motor controllers.

b: Tested by disconnecting on e of the wires connected to the feed back

potentiometer (if mounted).

Hydraulic lock alarm pum p no. (For solenoid operated steering gear)

Switch the selecto r switch in the front of the moto r controller to position

1 . Remote control". Set the steering mode on the main panel to "override" position.

Start both pumps for each steering gear. Press the lever on the solenoid

for approx. 5 seconds and the hydraulic lock alarm will monitored.

Clogged filter pum p no. (Sensor on the filter unit)

The clogged filter alarm can be tested by disconnecting the wire connected

to the clogged filter sensor.

High oil temp erature pump no. (Used for steering gear with oil cooler)

The high oil temperature alarm can be tested by disconnecting the wire coimected to

temperature sensor, normally located on the pump unit.

Earth failure alarm pum p no. (Only activated when the motor is not running)

The earth failure alarm can be tested by disconnecting the wire connected to earth

failure relay located in the motor controller.

Art. No. Rolls-Royce M arine AS,


Sign.,


ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4







QSQCSI

CEB31

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


7.2.8 Deviation alarm system type A SH .

• Adjust order signal from control system,

ref. chapter "Installation-running in / control system C S.."

• Adjust rudder position signal from indicating system,

ref. chapter "Installation-running in / rudder indication system''

• Ref. drawing for deviation alarm system.

Adjust elecfric stop rudder motor.

Adjust low rudder angle limit.

Adjust rudder input position signal.

Adjust rudder input order signal.


mSTRB-EL003-GB Qept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennflord, Norway Page 95 of 111

Sign.,

date,

rev. E-mail: tenf|ord(a).rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4





ESSSSi

I3SC231

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


7.3 Interface external equ ipment.

7.3.1 Genera l information.

• The rudde r control system can be interfaced to different external equip me nt.

Consult cable diagram for the actual order.

Normal requirement for the signals are:

- All input signal shall be galv anic isolated.

- W e will supply a galva nic isolated signal for all outp uts.

Typical interfaces are:

- Autopilot.

- Dynam ic position system.

- Joystick.

- Ship main alarm system.

- Maintenanc e system.

- Voyag e data recorder

Typical interface signals for each pump are:

- 3pc. Run signals.

- Ipc . Supply present signal.

- Ipc. Auto start signal.

- Ipc. Order signal port and stbd.

- Ipc. FU selected.

Typical interface signals from alarm system are:

- 2pc. Com mon alarm contact "EO".

- Ipc. Alarm contact for each alarm.

Typical interface signals from rudder indication system are:

- 2pc. Analog rudder position signal from each rudder.

- Ipc . Ana log rudder order signal for each rudder.

- For interface autopilot, DP and joystic k see following pages.


INSTRB-EL003-GB Dcpt. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 96 of 111

Sign., date, rev. E-m ail: tenfiord(fl)Tolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4





Esum,

Kgmi3

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


7.3.2

Interface autopilot.

• Example (1 * Ru dder actuator, NFU ,

2*

pump).

Figure 7. 8a

IN T E R F A C E F O R A U T O P I LO T

R U D DE R C O N T R O L S Y S T E M

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M , T y p e C S .-

R un signal pump no. 1

(Pump control card)

R un signal pu mp no. 2

(Pum p control card)

This signal

control rudder

if take over

confirmation

is c losed

External in command signal.

(Tak e over signal)

Tak e over confirmation.

A U T O P I L O T

Ready s ignal

If required.

P ort order signal

*~|

S tbd order s ignal

* I

Tak e over signal puis contact.

N ormally located in the main panel.


Example (1 * Rudder actuator, FU, 2* pump).

F igure 7.8. b

I N T E R F A C E F O R A U T O P I L O T

R U D DE R C O N T R O L S Y S T E M A U T O P I LO T

Ready s ignal

If required.

Analog order

signal for

rudder.

G alvanic isolated.

(+)=Port ,

(-)=stbd)

^

Tak e over signal puis contact.

N ormally located in the main panel.


Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date,

rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 97 of 111







lasaia

lUsBÆt

Rolls-Royce


M A I N T E N A N C E - F A U L T F I N D I N G

• Exam ple (2 * Ru dde r ac tua to r , F U , 4 * pum p) .

Figure 7.8c

IN T E R F A C E F O R A U T O P I LO T

(2 * R udder motor, E L—s y nc, 4 * P um p)


C O N T R O L S Y S T E M N o .1 . T y p e C S .

P O R T R U D DE R


(Pump control card)

R un signal pump no.2

(Pump control card)

This signal control

port rudder

if take over

confirmation is closed

External in command signal.

(Tak e over signal)

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M N o . 2, T y p e C S . .. \

S T B D R U D D E R I


This signal control

s tbd rudder

if take over



(Pump control card)


(Pump control card)

A U T O P I L O T

"* • R eady s ignal port

rudder.

I f required.

Analog order

signal for port

rudder.

- / - - W V .

G alvanic isolated.

(+)=Port, (~)=Stbd

m—I Tak e over signal common for port

and s tbd

rudder,

puis contact.

N ormally located in main panel.


(Both rudders)

Analog order

signal for stb d

rudder,

-h- W V.

G alvanic isolated.

(+)=Port. (-)=Sthd

Ready s ignal s tbd rudder.

I f required.

Art No.

INSTRB'ELÖÖ3-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenfiord@ro]ls-rovce.coni www.rolls-royce.com

Page 98 of 111





mnm

SEW

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

MA I N TEN A N C E - FA U LT FI N D I N G

7.3.3

Interface joystick.

• Example (1 * Rudder actuator, FU, 2* pu mp).

Figure 7.9a

IN T E R F A C E F O R JO Y S T I C K


C O N T R O L S Y S T E M , T y p e O S . .

E xternal in command signal.

(Tak e over signal)

R un signal pump no.




T ake over confirmation.

This signal

control rudder

if take over

confirmation

is closed

R U D D E R IN D IC A T O R S Y S T E M

Analog rudder

angle signal.

G alvanic is olated.

J O Y S T I C K

Tak e over signal

puis contact.

Re a d y s ig n a l

If required.

Analog order

signal for rudder.

G alvanic isolated.

(+)=Port, (-)=stbd)

R udd er posit ion signal.

^ (+)=Port. (-)=stbd)

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign., date,

rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4



E-mail: tenfiord(fl),rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 99 of 111



CSOQS

mOiå

Rolls-Royce



• Example (2 * Ru dder actuator, FU, 4 * pump) (Redu ndant)

Figure 7.9b

IN T E R F A C E F O R JO Y S T IC K

( 2 * R u d d e r motor. E l .-sync, 4 * P ump) (Red undant)


C O N T R O L S Y S T E M N o .1 , T y p e C S .. .

P O R T

RUDDER







(Tak e over s ignal)

This signal control

port rudder

if take over

confirrnation is closed

I

I

I

- < P

I

- * - -

Analog rudder

angle signal.


R U D D E R IN D . S Y S T E M , P O R T R U D D E R

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M N o .2 , T y p e C S .. .

S T B D R U D D E R

C

un s ignal pump no. 3

(Pump control card)


(Pump control cord)



(Take over signal)

This signal control

s tb d ru d d e r

if take over


R U D DE R I N D . S Y S T E M . S T B D R U D DE R

I

- i ^ -

- ^ -

Anolog rudder

angle signal.


I

I

4 - -

-W V

I

d ) - -

I

J O Y S T I C K

Re a d y s ig n a l

^ port rudder.

Tak e over switch

I for port rudd er

Analog order

signal for port

rudder, +- 10V .


(+)=Port. (-)=Stbd

R udder posit ion signal

_^ (+)=Port, (-)=Stbd

' R eady signal

, s tb d ru d d e r

Tak e over switch

for stbd rudder

Analog order

signal for stbd

rudder, +- W V.


(+)=Port, (-)=Stbd

R udd er posit ion signal

_^ (+)=Port,

(-)=Stbd

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenfiord(fl).roils-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 100 of 111

CSDOS

l æ i H i j

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


Example (2 * Rudder actuator, FU, 4 * pump) (Non-redundant)

Figure

7.

9 c

I N T E R F A C E F O R J O Y S T I C K (N o n re d un d an t)

( 2 * Ru d d e r motor, El . -sy nc, 4 * P ump)


J O Y S T I C K

C O N m O L S Y S T E M N o. I T y p e C S .

P O R T R U D D E R

R un s ignal pump no. /




This signal control

port rudder

if take over

confirmation Is closed

R eady s ignal port rudder.

I f required.

Analog order

signal for port

rudder, +- WV.

G alvanic isolated.

(+)=Port , (-)=Stbd

Tak e over s ignal

common for port

ond s fbd rudder,

puis contact.

R udd er position s ignal

(i.)=Port,

(-)=Stbd

FOLLOWING M O D I F IC A T I O N M U S T B E D O N E T O C O N N E C T J 0Y 5 T IC "N O N R E D U N D A N T "

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M N o .l. T y p e C S .

P O R T R U D D E R

Tak e over confirmation-

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M N o .2 , T y p e C S .

S T B D R U D D E R

Ej<temol in command signal.


If common take over and

confirmation signal Is required

following must be done:

a: C onnect tfie cable(l) between

control sy stem no.l and 2 for

the actual steering mode , ref.

cable diagram and drawings

for the control sys tem.

b: Configure the setting for

control sys tem no.T T he actual

steering mod e should be set to

"MA ST ER ", ref. cab le d iagram.

X

Take over

confirmation

port rudder.

Toke over

signal

s fbd rudder

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M N o .2 . T y p e G S .

S T B D R U D D E R


This signal control

s tbd rudder

if take over


R un signal pu mp no. 3

(Pum p control cord )


(Both rudders)

Analog order

signal for stbd

rudder,

- f - W V .

G alvanic isolated.

(+)^Port . (-)=Stbd

Ready s ignal s tbd

rudder.

I f required.

R udder pos i t ion s ignal

_

(+)=Port ,

(-)=Stbd

Art, No,

INSTRB'EL003-GB

Sign,,

date, rev,

ARS,

29.12,03,

Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Te nn^ord, Norway

E-mail: tenfjordØTolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 101 of 111



'ES3B

liiqn^.

Rolls-Royce


MA I N TEN A N C E - FA U LT FI N D I NG

7.3.4

Interface dynamic position system (Redundant)

• Exam ple (2 * Ru dder actuator, FU, 4 * pump).

F igure 7. 10a

IN T E R F A C E F O R D Y N A M IC P O S I T IO N S Y S T E M

( 2 * R u d d e r motor, E L—sy nc, 4 * P ump)

R U D DE R C O N T R O L S Y S T E M DY N A M IC P O S IT IO N S Y S T E M

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M N o .l, T y p e O S .

P O R T R U D DE R

Ru n s ig n

of

pump no.

1

(Pump control cord)



Tak e over conTirmation


(Take over signal)

This signal control

port rudder

if take over


F E E D B A C K U N I T P O R T R U D DE R

P otentiometer 5K

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M N o .2 , T y p e C S . .

S T B D R U D D E R


(Pump control card)


(Pump control card)


I

I



This signal control

s tb d ru d d e r

if take over

confirmation Is closed

F E E D B A C K U N I T S T B D R U D D E R

P otentiometer 5K

' ^ ^

* Re a d y s ig n a l

^ port

rudder.

Tak e over switch

for port rudd er

Analog order

signal for port

rudder, + - l O V .

G alvanic isolated.

(+)=Port ,

(-)=Stbd

>

R udder posit ion signal

Re a d y s ig n a l

.. s tb d rudder.

T ake over switch

for stbd rudder

Analog order

signal for stbd

rudder. +- W V .

G alvanic isolated.

(+)=Port, (-)=Stbd

R udd er posit ion signal

Art No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4




Page 102 of 111



smm

msm

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION M ANUAL


7.3.5

Interface Voyage Data Recorder (VDR ).

• Example (1 * Ru dder actuator, 1 * pum p).

Figure 7.11

I N T E R F A C E F O R V O Y A G E D A TA R E C O R D E R


I

Run s ignal pum p

Port order s ignal pump

Stbd ord er s ignal pump

Analog order

angle s ignal

G alvanic isolated.

Gz

open when alarm

Open when alarm

Open when alarm

Open when alarm

Open when alarm

< ) — I

I

V O Y A G E D A TA R E C O R D E R

I I

~- ^ / ? u n contact from pum p

1 1 ^ ' i Port order s ignal pump

Z I Q I » s tbd order s ignal pump

I I

R udder order s ignal

' ' See note. 1

• Q |

^ O ve r l o a d p u mp

j o '

^

Phase failure pump

Tgi ^ Power failure pump

I Q I

^ Power control pump

IQ fc

' • Low oil level pump

N o t e . 1

Signal not valid when emergency

steering are activated.

— l o i — •

R udder posit ion s ignal

• (+) - P ort. (-) - s t b d

Example (1 * Rudder actuator, 2* pu mp).

Figure 7.12

IN T E R F A C E F O R V O Y A G E D A T A R E C O R D E R


Run s ignal pump no.

1

I Q_

Port order s ignal pump no. I I * ^ ' g"

Stbd order s ignal pump no. 1

Run s ignal pump no. 2

Port ord er s ignal pump no.2

Stbd order s ignal pump no.2

Analog order

angle s ignal

G alvanic isolated.

V O Y A G E D A T A R E C O R D E R

- t o i —

>

Open when alarm

Open when alarm

Open when alarm

Open when alarm

Open when alarm

Open when alarm

Open when alarm

Open when alarm

Open when alarm

Open when alarm

11

nalog rudder

angle s ignal

G alvanic isolated.

Run contact from pump no.I

Port order s ignal pump no. 1

Stbd order s ignal pump no. 1

Run contact from pump no.2

Port order s ignal pump no.2

Stbd order s ignal pump no.2

Rud der order s ignal

(-) = Port. (+) = s t b d

Signal not valid when em erg.

steering are activated.

Overload pump no.

1

? Q

Phase failure pump no.

1

Power failure pump no. 1

Power control pump no. I

Low oil level pump no.7

Overload pump no.2

Phas e failure pump no.2

Power failure pump no.2

Power control pump no.2

Low oil level pump no.2

Rud der posit ion s ignal

(-h) = Port. (-) = s tbd

Art No,

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign,,

date, rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4


Dept. Steering Gear - TenQord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway


Page 103 of 111



f^^pm

EEB33

Rolls-Royce



• Example (2 * Rudder ac tuator , 4 * pump).

Figure

7.13

I N T E R F A C E FOR V O Y A G E DA T A R E C O R D E R


V O Y A G E D A TA R E C O R D E R

Run s ignal pump

no. 1

Port order s ignal pump no.l

S t bd o r de r s i g n a l p u mp no. I

R un s ignal pump no.2 '

Port order s ignal pump no.2 [

S t bd o r de r s i g n a l p u mp no.2 [

Analog rudder

order s ignal

Galvanic isolated.

O pen when alarm

Open when alarrrt

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

Analog rudder

angle s ignal

Galvanic Isolated.

R un s ignal pump no. 3

Port order s ignal pump no. 3 I

S t bd o r de r s i g n a l p u mp no. J I

R un s ignal pump

no.4

Port order s ignal pump no.4 I

Stb d order s ignal pump no.4 I

A n a l o g r u dde r

order s ignal

Galvanic Isolated.

é-

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

O pen when alarm

^

Open when alarm

m

Analog rudder

angle s ignal

Galvanic Isolated.

p I > '•"^ contact from pump no.l

~p

^

Port order s ignal pump

no. 7

~5 j ^ Stbd order s ignal pump no.l

5 1 ~^ Run contact from pump no.2

~~

b I »

P o r i ' order s ignal pump

no.2

" ~ p I ^ Sibd order s ignal pump no-2

Rud der order s ignal

(-) =

Po rt .

(+) =

s t b d

- lo - •• Signal nol valid when emerg.

steering

are

activated.

^ O ve r lo a d p u mp

no. I

^ Phas e failure pump

no.l

^ Power failure pump no. 1

^ Power control pum p no.l

.^ Low oil level pump no. 1

^ O ve r lo a d p u mp no.2

.^ Phas e failure pump

no.2

^ Power failure pump no.2

^ Power control pump

no.2

VQ\ "^ I OW oil level pump no.2

Rud der posit ion s ignal

^ (+) = Port, (-) - s t b d

,

o

I

^

Run contact from pump no.3

J5 ^ PnrI order s ignal pump

no.3

^ ^ ^ Stbd order s ignal pum p no.3

I Q I Run contact from pump no. 4

~ I Q I Port order s ignal pump no. 4

l o i p. Sibd order s ignal pump no.4

I I

I I Rud der order s ignal

" i I

(-) =

Port.

(+)

= s t b d

— jOr —• Signal not valid when emerg.

I

I

s teering

are

activated.

_ _ M

Tx

I

r Overload pump no.3

TQ I ^ Phas e failure pump no.3

I Q I


I Q I P Power control pump no.3

IQ I

^

Low oil

level pump

no.3

" ^ IQI ^ Overload pump no.4

o

• Pf " f

fai lure pump

no.4

| Q


Power control pump no.4

I g l ^ /

nw oil

level pump

no.4

I I

I I

> ^ *" Rud der posit ion s ignal

^ _ l o J ^ (+) = Port. (-) = s t b d

Art. No.

INSTRB-EL003-GB

Sign.,

date, rev.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



E-mail: tenfiord@ro]ls-rovce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Page 104 of 111



Essm

liFZFH

Rolls-Royce


MA I N TEN A N C E - FA U LT FI N D I N G

7.4 Harbou r acceptance test .

How to fill in the form

Not applicable ,

Test accepted V

Test not accepted FAILE D

7.4.1 Hyd rau lic test.

Pump.l Pump.2 Pump.3 Pump.4

Manoeu vring time (65° < 28sec.) [Se c]

Safety valves pum p unit. *) [Bar.]

Safety valves on rudder motor. [Bar.]

*) = not applicable for frequency controlled pumps (FCP).

7.4.2 Em ergenc y steering from steering gear room .

The mode selector switch in the front of each motor controller should be turned to position

"Local control". Alarm for "power failure control system" will occur.

Solenoid operated steering gears Pum p.

1

Pump.2 Pump.3 Pump.4

Operate the hand levers on either

end of each manoeuvring valve

to obtain rudder travel.

Frequency controlled pumps Pum p.l Pump.2 Pump.3 Pump.4

Operate the emergency push

button located in the front

of the motor controller.

7.4.3 Alarm system

Main alarm panel (engine control panel"):

Push the "system test" button on the alarm pane l for more than 5 second s. All alarm lights

and buzzers both on the slave alarm panel and on the main alarm panel will now be tested.

All steering gear control systems will be turned on through the auto-start feature (if delivered).

In this way the complete alarm system will be tested

Push the aud./ack.-button once and the buzzer in the main alarm panel will stop if an alarm

has occurred. Push the button once more and the auto start loop will opening and if the alarm

condition is still present, the alarm lights goes trom flashing to steady light, otherwise it is

turned off

Art. No. Rolls-Royce Marine

AS,

iNSTRB-ELOOi-GB Dept. Steering Gear - Tengord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 105 of 111


ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4



msm

UUl'M^


Rolls-Royce MA I N TEN A N C E - FA U LT FI N D IN G

Slave alarm panel (bridge):

Push the "panel test" button in the control panel for more than 5 seconds. All lights and

the buzze r shall be activated as long as the button is pushed. T he "audible" button in the

control panel stops the buzzer if an alarm has occurred.

The alarm lights can only be acknowledged from the engine room

Alarm to be tested:


Over load pum p. . .

Phase failure pump...

Power failure pump...

Power failure control...

Power failure aux. steering.

Low oil level pump...

Hydraulic lock pump....

Clogged filter pump...

High oil temp pump...

Earth failure pump...

General alarm, EO

7.4.4 Main steering position.


Start/stop

Limit switches

NFU emergency steering

NFU steering (aux. steering)

FU steering (aux. steering)

Rudder angle indication

7.4.5 Aft steering position.


Start/stop

NFU emergency steering





INSTRB-ELOOS-GB Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 106 of 111

Sign.,

date,

rev.


ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4





üjpim

B w a a

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


7.4.6 Port wing steering position





7.4.7 Stbd wing steering position





7.4.8 External conne ction.


Autopilot

Joystick

Dynamic position system

Rolls-Royce Mar ine AS Yard representative

(sign.)

(sign.)

Art. No.

INSTRB-E1003-GB

Sign., date, rev.

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4

Rolls-Royce Marine

AS,



Page 107 of 111







fippm

.iMsa

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


8.1 Maintenance

8.1.1 Gen eral information

Rolls-Royce marine steering gears are designed to maintain safe operation within minimum

of maintenance. However, to avoid unexpected stops, we will emphasise the importance to

maintain the installation on regular basis.

In connection with scheduled class survey, general overhaul or repair we advise to use

engineers from our factory or factory trained en gineers from our service representatives in

different contries. This will limit the time of repair to a minimum and ensure continuous safe

operation.

Only original spare parts should be used

The alarm system monitors the general condition of the installed unit.

If a fault occurs in any part of the system, the cause shou ld be examined and the fault

repaired.

All repairs and surveys should be recorded as this may provide valuable information for

planning future maintenance.

The built in redundancy of the equipment offers several options for normal operation and

emergency control.

However, the crew should have regular training to be able to select the correct steering mode

required by the conditions and maintain safe control in the event of emergency.

Recommendation:

We would emphasise that regular maintenance functional test, fraining and survey should be

included on the operation manual on any type of ship.

The extent of the above will depend on the type of ship and the equipment fitted.

8.1.2 M onthly test

• Function al test of steering mo des from all steering stations, normal and emerge ncy mo de.

• Test alarm system.


INSTRB-EL003-GB

Dept. Steering Gear - Ten^o rd, N-6264 Tennflord, Norway Page 108 of 111

Sign., date, rev. E-m ail: tenfiord(a),rolls-rovce.com www.roUs-royce.com

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4





iESm

m^

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


8.1.3 Annu al survey

• Functional test of steering mod es from all steering stations, normal and emergency m ode.

• Test alarm system.

• Visual check of all components included in the alarm, control and steering system.

• Test operation of switche s, cable connections, and the insulation properties of the motor.

• Local start of pum p units directly from each starter cabinet.

Consult section for control stations (emergency steering).

• Defective comp onents to be replaced.

• Check comm unication system betwee n steering gear room and bridge.

Art.

No. Rolls-Royce Marine AS,


Sign.,

date, rev. E-mail: tenflord(fl).rolls-rovce.com www.rolls-rovce.com

ARS,

29.12.03,

Rev4





tmm

i^mm

Rolls-Royce

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


8.2 Fault finding

8.2.1 Reason(s) for alarms

- Overload pump no. (El. motor overload).

Reason(s) for failure can be:

- The electric motor is overloaded.

- Phase failure pu mp no. (Phase failure to el. motor).


- One of the phases for the supply to the motor controller is out.

- Main power supply out of range (voltage or frequency).

- Power failure pump no. (Power failure to el. motor)


- Main power supply from switch board is lost.

- Main switch in motor controller is off.

- Broken fuses internal in the motor controller.

-

Power failure control no. (Power failure steering control system)


- The selector switch in the front of the motor controller is not in position "remote control".


- Fault on the solenoid driver in the motor controller.

- Low oil level pump no. (Level switch mounted in the oil reservoir)

"Reason(s) for failure can be :

- Low oil level in the hydraulic system.

- Power failure aux. steering


- Fault on the power supply for the aux. steering.

- Faulty amplifier card, aux. steering.


- Faulty feed back potentiom eter.

-

Hydraulic lock alarm pump no. (For solenoid operated steering gear)

Reason(s) for failure can be :

- Fault on the solenoid driver in the motor controller.

- Defective solenoid on the manoeuvre valve.

- Locked manoeuvre spool.

- Clogged filter pump no. (Sensor on the filter un it)


- Dirty oil.

- Clogged oil filter.

- High oil temp pump no. (Used for steering gear with oil cooler)


- Defective fuses for the motor on the oil cooler.

- Defective oil cooler.



Sign.,


ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4







Essm

1 Rolls-Royce

B55B3J i ^

INSTRUCTION MANUAL


8.2.2 Fau lt finding when no alarm s present.

The following operation faults may appear (assume no alarms is present) :

- The steering gear fails to start up

Reason(s) can be:

- Defect pump control card.

- Defect start relay .

- Defect wiring conne ctions between control system and motor controller/control pane l.

- The steering gear fails to respond when given ru dder comm and

Reason(s) can be:

- Defect amp lifier card.

- Defect selector card.

- Defect pump control card.

- Defect wiring connec tions between control system and motor controller/control panel.

- The rudder can only be operated to one side.

Reason(s) can be:

- Defect limit switc hes in the feed back.

- Defect micro switches on the NF U steering switch..

- Defect wiring connec tions between control system and motor controller/control panel.

- The rudder can not be brou ght from hard over position to mid-ship

Reason(s) can be:

- Defect limit switc hes in the feed back.

-

Ru dder can not be moved out of centre position.

Reason(s) can be:

- Defect amplifier card (supply order/feed back potentiom eter).

- Defect wiring connection s between control system and feed back/control panel.

-

The rudd er move men t is not equ al to each side (port/stbd).

Reason(s) can be:

- Feed back potentiom eter not correct adjusted

- FU controller potentiom eter not correct adjusted

- Lam p in the control panel will not lit.

Reason(s) can be:

- Defect bulb .

Fault with the steering gear may also appear as a combination of one or more of

the above mentioned sections.

Art No. Rolls-Royce Marine AS ,

INSTRB-EL003-GB Qe pt. Steering Gea r - Tenfjord, N- 626 4 Tennfjord, Norw ay Page 111 of 111


ARS, 29.12.03,

Rev4







^

N

I

9

^



'8

NOTE I

- ALL CABLES, EXCEPT THE FEEDER CABLES TO

THE MOTOR CONTROLLERS AND PUMP MOTORS.

ARE TO BE SCREENED.

- THE SCREEN IS TO BE EARTHED IN ONE END ONLY

AND SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO THE EARTH RAIL

IN OUR CABINETS OR TO THE EARTH RAIL

IN DIFFERENT CONSOLES.

- CABLE TYPES ARE TO BE SELECTED ACCORDING TO

THE REQUIREMENTS SET BY THE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY.

- FOR INFORMATION REGARDING THE CABLES,

SEE ATTACHED CABLE LIST.

INFORMATION FOR CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES

- CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ALARM SYSTEM : F - 8 0 3 - 0 0 - 0 1

- CLASSIFICATION DRAWING CONTROL SYSTEM : W -1 0 0 7 -0 0 -0 2

- CLASSIFICATION DWG. RUDDER IND. SYSTEM :

- POWER CONSUMPTION PUMP UNIT :

- VOLTAGE PUMP UNIT :

- CURRENT PUMP UNIT :

- YARD :

HULL NO. :

ROLLS-ROYCE MARINE ORDER NO.:

DescrfpUon Description

Appr.:

Replaced fon Replaced by:

GENERAL INFORMATION

FOR STEERING GEAR

CONTROL SYSTEM

Rolls-Royce


D e p t . S t e e r i n g G e a r — T e n f j o r d

N - 6 2 6 4 T E N N F J O R D

C A B LE D IA GR A M

S TE E R IN G GE A R

Inst. Rev.

W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

P age

lo f 17

3 ^ 4

BLOCK DIAGRAM

7

'8

o

Q

a:

GD

^

I -

a: o Q

CD CC <

LÜ

Qi .

Ü Z o

z o o

LÜ

o et:

o

o

o:

<

LU

z

CC

MAIN

CONTROL

STATION

CONTROL

SYSTEM

UNIT

MOTOR

CONTROLLER

NO. 1

>-

; c/)

ALARM

UNIT

ALARM

PANEL

SUPPLY 24VDC

MOTOR

CONTROLLER

NO. 2

MAIN CONTROL STATION

CONSISTING OF:

CONTROL PANEL

ALARM PANEL

PORT WING CONTROL STATION

CONSISTING OF:

[ ] ] CONTROL PANEL

STBD WING CONTROL STATION

CONSISTING OF:

• CONTROL PANEL

AFT. CONTROL STATION

CONSISTING OF:

• CONTROL PANEL

HELSMAN STEERING STATION

CONSISTING OF:

• HELSMAN STEERING

FEED BACK UNITS

NOTE I

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS INTENDED FOR THE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES

ONLY AND CONTAIN INFORMATION REQUIRED BY THEM.

Description

Description

Appr.:

R eplaced f or

Replaced by:

BLOCK DIAGRAM

FOR STEERING GEAR

CONTROL SYSTEM

Rolls-Royce



N - 6 2 6 4 T E N N F J O R D

CABLE DIAGRAIUI


W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

Ins t

P age

2of 17



4

ALARM LIST.

8

LOCATION OF ALARM LIGHTS

ALARM

N0.1

ALARM

N0.6

ALARM

N0.11

ALARM

N0.16

ALARM

N0.21

ALARM

N0.2

ALARM

N0.7

ALARM

N0.12

ALARM

N0.17

ALARM

N0 . 22

ALARM

N0.3

ALARM

N0.8

ALARM

N0.13

ALARM

N0.18

ALARM

N0 . 23

ALARM

N0 . 4

ALARM

N0.9

ALARM

N0.19

ALARM

N0 . 24

ALARM

N0.5

ALARM

N0.10

ALARM

N0 . 20

ALARM

N0 . 25

ALARM NO. DESCRIPTION

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Q.

Z )

D.

CM

a.

Z )

a.

OVERLOAD

PHASE FAILURE

POWER FAILURE

POWER CONTROL

LOW OIL LEVEL

OVERLOAD

PHASE FAILURE

POWER FAILURE

POWER CONTROL

LOW OIL LEVEL

THE ALARMS ARE INDICATED ON BRIDGE

AND IN MACHINERY SPACE.

11

12

13

45-

16

1 7

1 8

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

HYD.

LOCK PUMP 1

HYD. LOCK PUMP 2

AUX. STEERING NO. 1 /2

^

GL

:5

OL

CM

a.

Q.

CLOGGED FILTER

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

CLOGGED FILTER

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

Description Description

Appr.:

Replaced for:

Reploced by:

ALARM LIST

FOR STEERING GEAR

CONTROL SYSTEM

Rolls-Royce

Rolls—Royce Marine AS

Dept. Steering Gea r — Tenfjord

N-6264

TENNFJORD

CABLE DIAGRAM

STEERING GEAR

W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

P age

3of 17



2

3 ^ 4 5 W 6

LAMP TEXT

FOR

CONTROL PANEL fFACTORY SETTING^

8

MAIN CONTROL PANEL

REFERENCE

PUMP A

PUMP B

LAMP TEXT

PUMP 1

PUMP 2

Description

Description

Appr.:

Replaced

for.

Replaced

by:

LAMP TEXT

FOR CONTROL PANEL

FACTORY SETTING

Rolls-Royce

R o l l s - R o y c e M a r i n e AS


N - 6 2 6 4

T E N N F J O R D

C A B LE D IA GR A I^


W_1125_02_24

Page

4of 17



'8

EMERGENCY STEERING PROCEDURE EOR SOLENOID OPERATED STEERING GEAR,

FROM STEERING GEAR ROOM

The manoeuvr ing va lves on the rudder motor can be operated manual ly

by use of the emergency dev ice on the so lenoids .

The se lec tor swi t ches on the motor cont ro l ler is to be turned

to pos i t ion "Local Cont ro l " .

MOTOR CONTROLLER

STEERING GEAR ALARMS

Type of alarm and act ion i f alarm signal occurs:

A l a r m : Over load pump no. (E l . motor over load) .

Ac t i o n : S tar t t he o ther pump i f not a l ready running .

A l a r m :

Phase fa i lure pump no. (Phase fa i lure to e l . motor ) .

Ac t i o n : S top the fau l t y pump,

and s tar t t he o ther pump i f not a l ready running .

A l a r m :

Power fa i lure pump no. (Power fa i lure to e l . motor )

Ac t i o n : S tar t t he o ther pump i f not a l ready running .

A l a r m :

Power fa i lure cont ro l no . (Power fa i lure s teer ing cont ro l sys tem)

Ac t i o n :

S top the fau l t y pump,


A l a r m :

Low oi l level pump no. (Level switch mounted in the oi l reservoir)

Ac t i o n : Check the reason and ref i l l oi l .

A l a r m :

Hydrau l ic lock a larm pump no.

Ac t i o n :

S top the fau l t y pump,


A l a r m : Power fa i lure aux . s teer ing no . (Power fa i lure s teer ing cont ro l sys tem)

Ac t i o n : S teer by means of the emergency s teer ing .

A l a r m : C logged f i l t e r pump no. (Sensor on the f i l t e r un i t )

Ac t i o n :

Check the reason and rep lace the f i l t e r .

Description

Description

Draw.: KM

02.12.03

Appr.:


EMERGENCY ST. PROCEDURE

FOR STEERING GEAR

CONTROL SYSTEM

Rolls-Royce



N - 6 2 6 4 T E N N F J O R D



W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

Inst. Rev.

P age

5

of 17

L

p

o

e

1

0

0

a

1

0

1

P

O

F

O

N

T

O

I

P

O

F

O

N

T

O

-

V

O

G

D

R

V

D

R

I

S

P

A

A

M

S

M

'

1

i

s

z

I

O

n

r

o

,

S

B

'

O

=

^

^

S

G

"

V

,

S

—

'

O

"

n

L

O

W

O

L

—

'

L

E

-

a

o

O

"

D

•

O

z o z

^

M<

>

>

;

n

£ C

J

=

2

=

2

2

A

P

O

F

O

N

T

O

-

A

O

L

O

J

O

C

D

N

C

^

S



2 3 W 4 5 W 6 7

JUMPER SETTING FOR CONTROL SYSTEM (FACTORY SETTING).

8

JUMPER SETTING FOR PUMP CONTROL CARD

JUMPER

JP1 (+U1 )

JP2 (+U1 )

JP3 (+U1 )

JP4 (+U1 )

DESCRIPTION

ST SIGNAL COMMON + / -

ST SIGNAL COMMON + / -

NFU MAIN ST OVERRIDE

NFU ST OVERRIDE (NOTE 0)

SETTING

+ (TENFJORD)

+ (TENFJORD)

YES (NOTE 1)

YES (NOTE 1)

* NOTE 0 : IF NFU STEERING IS NOT USED APPLY

INTERNAL CONNECTION X6: 3 TO X6 :6.

* NOTE 1 : SETTING FOR JP3 AND JP4 SHOULD BE

"NO"

FOR CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES GL AND ABS,


Appr.:

Reploced fon

Replaced by:

JUMPER SETTING

FOR CONTROL SYSTEM

FACTORY SETTING

Reference:

Rolls-Royce

R o l l g — R o y c e M a r i n e A S


N - 6 2 6 4 T E N NF J O R D



W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

P age

7of 17



2 :5W 4 • 5 W 6

JUMPER SETTING FOR CONTROL PANEL fFACTORY SETTINCy

* NOTE O : MUST BE SET TO "NO" IF JUMPER SETTING FOR CONTROL SYSTEM (PUMP CONTROL CARD, JP3 AND JP4) IS "NO".

MAIN CONTROL PANEL

JUMPER SETTING FOR DIMMER MODUL

JUMPER

J P 3 0 - C h . 9

J P 3 0 - C h . 1 0

J P 30 - Ch . 1 1

J P 3 0 - C h . 1 2

J P 3 0 - C h . 1 3

J P 3 0 - C h . 1 4

DESCRIPTION

SUPPLY TO CHANNEL

SUPPLY TO CHANNEL

SUPPLY TO CHANNEL

SUPPLY TO CHANNEL

SUPPLY TO CHANNEL

SUPPLY TO CHANNEL

SETTING

EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL

INTERNAL

INTERNAL

DøscripUon Description

Appr.:


JUMPER SETTING

FOR CONTROL PANEL

FACTORY SETHNG

Rolls-Royce

R o l l s — R o y c e M a r i n e A S


N - 6 2 6 4

T E N N F J O R D



W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

P age

8of 17

3 W 4 5 ^ 6

JUMPER SETTING FOR ALARM UNIT fFACTORY SETTING).

8

AU04. DISTRIBUTION CARD

XI I

X8

STRAPPED FOR AUTOSTART SIGNAL

WITH POTENTIAL FREE CONTACT

CLOSED WHEN AUTOSTART.

PUMP D ^

PUMP C <^

PUMP 8 <^

PUMP A <(

ISO 015

1 4 0 - € l t 3

1 2 0 O i l

1 0 9 — 0 9

S O 0 7

6 0 — 0 5

4 0 0 3

2 0 — 0 1

X7

X4

X2

X3

X1

D es c r ip t ion

Description

Appr.:

R ep lac ed fon R ep lac ed by :

JUMPER SETTING

FOR A L A R M UNIT

FACTORY SEHING

Rolls-Royce

Rol ls -Royce Marine AS

Dept . Steer ing Gear — Tenf jord

N-6264 TENNFJORD

CABLE DIAGRAM

STEERING GEAR

Inst. Rev.

W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

Poge

9of 17

2 4

7

'8

STEERING GEAR ROOM

F MOTOR F

I PUMP

1 1

1

OTOR CONTROLLER NO. 1 DOL)

DWG W - 1 7 0 0 - 0 0 - 5 8 , L - 1 7 9 9 - 0 0 - 0 1

- F 2

W •* ID

1t M

5

5

i

1

1

1

P

^

e

CM

• * (O

-

0^

o

h-

O

C>J

1

S

to

a:

o

1—

o

• *

o

<

•—

_]

§

^

04 ro

• * m (O r 00

o>

z

o

o

o

°

s

^

CM

ro ' * •

in

-

C l ro

"

(O

r- oo o>

o

z

o

2

2

O

Ü

:=

i

-

CM

ro • *

m

to

r-

00

-

(M ro

-*

ü

:i

5 s

•^ CM (O r^ O)

o CM ro L _ ^ ^

li

o

p

z

c M r o ^ m ' - w r o r ^ o o n ^ i o t o

L ^ ^

-

U Ui

I

o

o

z P

»I

s

o

w

ro «* in CD $i

J

U

I

F MOTOR F

I PUMP 2 I

STEERING GEAR ROOM

n

OTOR CONTROLLER

NO. 2 (DOL)

DWG W - 1 7 0 0 - 0 0 - 5 8 , L - 1 7 9 9 - 0 0 - 0 1

HEATING

-S I

-F 2 -X Z

5

5 i

:: 3 3

fi N

5 5

-

CM ro

-*

-

CM lO

• *

in to r CD O)

z

o

O

Ü

o

i

»-

CM (O r O)

i " - ^

X

U

-

OJ n * in

-

w n •* n

u> r>. O O)

o

z

o

2

O

o

^

g

-

CM ro -+

m U9

f^

oo

CM

ro r » oo o>

o

;^ CM L^^ —I

^ C M r O - ^ i n t O ^ C M

I l I ^ t I I I I I I I I

z F

< O.

o

CK

- - '

li

I

'-

CM ro *

1

Description

Description

Appr.:

Replaced

fon

Replaced

by:

STEERING GEAR ROOM

MOTOR CONTROOER

PUMP 1 & 2.

Rolls-Royce

Rol ls-Royce Mar ine AS

Dept. Steering Gear

—

Tenfjord

N-6264

TENNFJORD

CABLE DIAGRAM

STEERING GEAR

W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

Page

lOo f 17

8

STEERING GEAR ROOM

1 PUMP UNIT NO. 1

I CONNECTION

BOX

D W G W - 1 6 8 0 - 0 0 - 0 3

T FEED -BACK UNIT NO. i H

I DWG W - 1 6 0 0 - 0 0 - 0 4 |

T FEED-BACK UNIT

NO. 2

~\

I DWG W - 1 6 0 0 - 0 0 - 0 4 |

-

X1

"

N

to

-

X2

^

CM

to

• *

lO

<o

-

X3

-

CM lO

• *

-

X4

-

CM

1

-

XI

-

<N fO h» GO

-«t- lO to

<N

fo fo n

I

u u

CM

fO •* in --

CM

lo

L U

PUMP UNIT NO. 2

CONNECTION

BOX

D W G W - 1 6 8 0 - 0 0 - 0 3

-

X1

-

CM

ro

-

K 2

^

oi

to

-*

in (O

"

XJ

-

(VI n •+

-

X4

-

CM

1

-

X1

-

CM to r^ to

• *

in (O

I

u

CM

ro •* in

\y

SENSOR S6, S7, S8, S9 AND 312

ARE MOUNTED

SENSOR S6, 37, 38, 39 AND 312

ARE MOUNTED

STEERING GEAR ROOM

1

Description

Description

Appr.:

Replaced

for:

Reploced by:

STEERING

GEAR

ROOM

FEED BACK UNH" AND

CONNECTION BOX.

Rolls-Royce



N-6264 TENNFJORD

CABLE DIAGRAM

STEERING GEAR

W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

Page

l l o f

17



2 3

8

r

STEERING GEAR ROOM

~]

n ALARM PANEL ECR

I DWG. W - 1 4 5 0 - 0 0 - 0 1

ENGINE CONTROL ROOM

I

T RUN /STOP/AUTOSTART LIGHTS H

I PUMP ^ & 2 I

DWG. W - 1 4 4 0 - 0 0 - 0 7

-u i

-

C«

K)

• * \n

(D h. oo O)

o

-

CM fO

'«h i n

to r^ 03 OJ

o

CM

CM

CM

CM

K1

eg

CM

in

CM

CM CM

00

CM

O

CM

O

to

CM

ro

in

K5

-* n CO r

oo

en -*

to

r^ oo

Oi

• " C M f O - ^ i n t o r ^ o a ^ f o - ^ m t o r ^ o o r O ' ^ m t o r ^ o o

I I

K — — H h — - — 1

UMP 1 PUMP 2

Date

Description

Date

Description

Draw.: KM 02.12 .03

Appr.:


STEERING GEAR ROOM /

ENGINE CONTROL ROOM

Rolls-Royce


Dept. Steering Gear — Tenfjord

N-6264 TENNFJORD

CABLE DIAGRAM

STEERING GEAR

W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

Inst Rev.

Page

12o f 17

7

ENGINE GONTROL ROOM

F ALARM UNIT

I DWG

F-803-23-02

n

-X I -X2

^

«

-

C4 fO

-*

O (O r-* CO o>

o

-

(N

rO

-* O CD r*. O

a>

o

w

CM

CM

CM CM

in

CM

to

CM

CM

CO

CM

CJ)

CM

O

ro

lÖ

cg

ro

ro

lO

K>

in

fO

(O

ro

oo

ro

(7>

ro

?

GO

lO

Ol

in

o

<o

(D

CM

U9

»O

to

1

to

in

to

(O

to

to

to

to

O)

to

o

r^

CM

1

to in to

r^

r^

00 c»

1

o

CO

CÖ

CM

to

U

- « n * « > o ^ * ^ c ^ ^ c . o * . n < o ^ * ^ N ^ o o o . o ^ o o o . o ^ c x , o * ^ c s « *

u

\J

I

u U U LUJ LLU LLJJ U

A

r\

I

K-

PUMP 1

^

PUMP 2

-4—^v-r-4—f-—^

UMP 1 PUMP 2 PUMP 1 PUMP 2

M

M

P 2

ENGINE GONTROL ROOM

r

n

LARM UNIT

DWG

F-803-23-02

-

CM to • * in

to

K oo

c»

o

-

CM lO

**-

in to r- oo o>

o

CM

CM

CM

CM

to

CM

CM

in

CM

to

Csl

CM

00

CM

en

CM

O

ro

tn

(M

ro

ro

ro

-*-

ro

in

ro ro to

*- CM ro •* m r-s oo

I

Description

Description

Draw.; KM 02.12.03

Appr.:

Repiaced

for

Repiaced

by:

ENGINE CONTROL ROOM

ALARM UNiT

Rolls-Royce


Dept. Steering Gear

—

Tenfjord

N-6264

TENNFJORD

CABLE DIAGRAM

STEERING GEAR

W_1125_02_24

Page

13o f 17



U

p

o

e

1

0

0

a

1

0

4

m

O u

I

I

3

m

i

o

m

u

—

I

C

5

T

O

S

P

A

S

M

,

"

E

C

M

O

A

(

O

O

O

O

P

P

1

P

F

L

P

P

1

P

W

E

F

L

P

P

1

P

W

E

F

L

C

1

L

O

W

O

L

L

P

P

1

O

O

P

P

2

P

F

L

P

P

2

P

W

E

F

L

P

P

2

P

W

E

F

L

C

2

L

O

W

O

L

L

P

P

2

H

L

O

P

P

1

H

L

O

P

P

2

P

W

E

F

L

A

S

N

C

O

R

P

P

1

C

O

R

P

P

2

|

g >

o

i

~

{

{

2

3 4

{ { { { { { { { {

{

O

O

P

P

1

P

F

L

P

P

1

P

W

E

F

L

P

P

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

{ { {

2

2 2 2 3

{

3 4 4

f { f

2

2

2

2

2

n

1

^

i

0

>

s

c

o

>

;

D

-

n

1

o o

z

^

I

I

o

m

z m

o

o

7

O

r"

7

O O

d

d

D

—

C

2

3 4 5 6 7 8

1 1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

n

1

2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1

1

1 1

1

1 1

1 1 1

2

2

2 2 2 2

2

2 2

2

3

3

3 3 3 3

3

3

1

2

3

4

o

o 0 r

o

m

z

o z

m

oo

7

O

r

7 O

O

N

D

O

J

C

n

c

7

8

BRIDGE

r~ CONTROL SYSTEM NO. 1

I DWG W - 1 2 2 0 - 0 0 - 0 0 ,

L-1299-00-03

n

+ U 1 - X 1 + U 1 - X 2

-

CM

fO

• *

(O

to

1^ CO

o>

o

-

CM

ro -*

+ U 1 - X 3

-

CM n

Th

t n t o r^ DO O)

o

-

Cs|

n

• < * -

i n ( O r^

oo

O) o

cg

S

Ol

CM

ro

CSl

CM

m

CM

CM

r^

CM

CO

CM

CM

O

ro

in

CM

to

(O

fO

ro

in

ro

S

o o o o o o o o

P z P z p z z p z a r P z p z z P z z P z z

« •

•

•

>

k

•

• •

•

• •

«

• - C M r o - * i n t o h - CO

I

u

K-

u u

%

J

L

TO VDR

SIGNAL (OPTION)

-

CM ro

• *

»n t o r- to Ol

o

p

2

2

O

ü

^

1

S

1

fO

• -d-

i n <o rv

CO

- - C M r O * i n t D h » 0 0 < 7 ) l I • * i n t o r- CO o»

/ * N

A

PUMP 1

BRIDGE

n CONTROL SYSTEM NO. 1

I DWG W - 1 2 2 0 - 0 0 - 0 0 .

L-1299-00-03

n

+U1-X5

+ U 1 - X 6

O

CN n •* lo

o

X

O

o>

O

CM

CM

CM

CM

ro

CM

-*

CM

in

CM

2

2

O

O

o:

Vi

1

C

F

5

C

F

I

(O

CM CM

C

F

5

-

CM

ro

• *

i n t o

r*»

oo CD

^ ^ L ^

C

F

5 C

F

r

5

-

CM ro

• *

i n

(O

r^

h

CO

C

a>

5

c

^

-

CM ro • « f ID

to

r^ 00

O)

W TO EXTERNAL

STEERING SYSTEM


02.12.03

Appr.:

Repiaced fon Repioced by:

BRiDGE

CONTOOL SrSTEU NO. 1

PUMP NO. 1

i | Rolls-Royce

Rous—RoycG Marine AS


N-6264 TENNFJORD

CABLE DIAGRAM

STEERING GEAR

W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

Inst Rev.

Poge

15of 17

3 8

BRIDGE

r~ CONTROL SYSTEM NO. 1

I DWG W - 1 2 2 0 - 0 0 - 0 0 ,

L-1299-00-03

n

-

<N n -* n lO r 00 O)

o

-

<N

»n

-+

+U2-X 3

-

Ol n

•* O

CO r^

CO

at

o

-

CM

to

•*

n (O

( o

o>

o

C4

CM

CM

CM CM CM

tn

CM

CM

CM

OQ

CM

Ol

CM

O

ro

n

CM

to

to

ro ro

in

ro

(O

ro

1 g 1 i 1 i ' 1 i k i i i i k i i y i i k

*

• •

•

*

>

•

• •

• • •

•

- - C M K l

lo to r» oo

I

_* tn to

'•^ fM rsi

u

CM

CM CM CM

u u

L

TO VDR

i

SIGNAL (OPTION)

-

<N

ro

*

in (O r^ oo O)

o

o

2

O

O

;=

5

ti

(N

CL

O

t-

V)

ro •* n CO h- oo

c M i o ^ i n c o r ^ o o c n ' * ^ m CO r» oo o>

O

F

I

P U M P 2

BRIDGE

\~ CONTROL SYSTEM NO. 1

I DWG W - 1 2 2 0 - 0 0 - 0 0 ,

L-1299-00-03

n

+U2-X 3 +U2-X 4 +U2-X 5 +U2-X 6

O)

o

CM

CM

CM

CM

ro

CM

CM

lO

CM

CO

CM CM

-

CNl

ro *

(O (O

c

F

r

5

oo

c

F

o>

5

-- CM ro -* m

i

-

CM ro

-+

in CO r» oo en

li

^

CM

ro -+ in

CO

r» oo

a>

r\

^ TO EXTERNAL

STEERING SYSTEM

]

Description

Description

Appr.:

R eplaced f on

Replaced by:

BRIDGE

CONTROL SYSTEM NO.

PUMP NO. 2

Rolls-Royce


D e p t . S t e e r i n g G e o r — T e n f j o r d

N - 6 2 6 4

T E N N F J O R D



W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

Inst. Rev.

P oge

16of 17

4

7

8

f MAIN CONTROL PANEL (MAIN CONTROL STATION)

I DWG W - 1 3 2 5 - 0 1 - 0 2 , L-1325-01-02

BRIDGE

n

+ U 2 0 - X 1

+ U 2 0 - X 2

' - o j r o - ' j - i n t o r ^ t o o i — c g l O • ^ ^ t f 5 c o ^ - o o c n

K-

PUMP 1

• H h -

PUMP 2

Q X t D f - ^ e o o ) Q X < o r » a ) o >

UJ O

o

—

UJ in

UJ o

+ I

u

-

CM

(O • * in (O r- 03

O)

-

<N

n

• * lO (O r^

CO

O)

^

CN)

o

o H

ro * »n (O r^

CO

o

3 ^

Ol

o

-

CM

-

rM

ro

"*

-

CM »O

^

>

CM

+

m

0.

CD

>

O

h'

>

CM

+

oo

1

en

>

o

o

>

CM

+

-

i

CN

>

O

to Ji

u

o

5

BRIDGE

r~ ALARM PANEL (MAIN CONTROL STATION)

I D WG.: W - 1 4 5 0 - 0 0 - 0 3

r

~]

- u i

-

CM

n

-«*• in h- oo

ai

o

-

K)

• * lO to rv oo O)

o

CM

cg

CM

CM CM CM

CM

(D

CM

oo

CM

O)

CM

O

tn

Csl

ro

fO

ro

ro

in

ro

(O

ro

ro

tD

CM

1-

CM ro ^ in r^ oo

o « - r O ' * j - m t D r v o o c j ) O r - C M r O ' * i n t D P - » a o o i o s : c M r o ' * t n « ) h '

^ ' - ^ * - T - ^ T - ^ » - C M C ^ C M C M C M C M C M C M C M C M r o ' ^ r O f O r o r o r o r o

u

I


Appr.:


BRIDGE

MAIN CONTROL STATION

Rolls-Royce



N-6264 TENNFJORD

CABLE DIAGRAM

STEERING GEAR

Inst. Rev,

W _ 1 1 2 5 _ 0 2 _ 2 4

Page

17of 17



Rolls-Royce Marine AS, Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord

N-6264 Tennjjord, Norway

Tel:+47 70 20 88 00

Fax: +47 70 20 89 0 0

CABLE LIST FOR DRAW ING: W-1125-02-24, REV.:

CABLE

NO.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22 (A-C)

23

24 (A-C)

25

26

27

28

29 (A-B)

30 (A-B)

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

CABLE FROM UNIT/DWG

MOTOR CONTROLLER 1, W-1700-00-58

MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1700-00-58



















CONNECTION BOX PUMP 1, W-1680-00-03




ALARM PANEL ECR, W -1450-00-01

RUN/STOP/AUTOST. PANEL ECR, W-1440-00-07

RUN/STOP/AUTOST. PANEL ECR, W-I440-00-07

ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02






CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1220-00-00




MAIN CONTROL PANEL, W-1325-01-02


CABLE TO UNIT/DWG

PUMP UNIT NO.l, HEATING ELEMENT

PUMP UNIT 1, EL MOTOR

SWITCH BOARD

CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE

CS ,

W-1220-00-00


CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE

CS ,

W-1220-00-00

FEED-BACK UNIT NO . 1, W-1600-00-04

ALARM UN IT, F-803-23-02


MAIN CONT ROL PANEL, W-1325-01-02

PUMP UNIT N0.2, HEATING ELEMENT

PUMP UNIT 2, EL MOTOR

SWITCH BOARD

MAIN CONT ROL PANEL, W-1325-01-02


CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE

C S,

W-1220-00-00

CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE C S, W-1220-00-00


ALARM UN IT, F-803-23-02

CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE C S, W-1220-00-00

FEED-BACK UNIT NO. I, W-1600-00-04



ALARM U NIT, F-803-23-02




SUPPLY 24VDC/I

OOW

CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE

CS ,

W-1220-00-00


ALARM PAN EL, MAIN CONTROL STATION, W-1450-00-03




EXTERNAL STEERING SYSTEM PUMP UNIT NO. 1


EXTERNAL STEERING SYSTEM PUMP UNIT NO. 2

SUPPLY 24VDC/I

OOW

ALARM PAN EL, MAIN CONTROL STATION, W-1450-00-03

NO. OF

CORES-DIM

2-1,5 mm^

*)

*)

6-1,5 mm^

2- 1,5 mni=

5-l ,5mm2

5-1,5 mm^

6-

0,75

mm^

2-1,5 mm^

4-1,5 mirf

2-1,5

mm^

*)

*)

4-1,5 mm^

6-1,5 mm^

2-l ,5rani2

5-1,5 mm=

5-1,5 mm^

6- 0,75

mm^

2-1,5 mirf

3-

1,5

mni'

8- 0,75

mm^

3-

1,5 mirf

8- 0,75

mm^

34-

0,75 mirf

6- 1,5 mm^

6- 1,5 mirf

2-1,5 mm^

6- 0,75 miii^

6-

0,75 mm2

34-

0,75 mirf

2- 0,75 mm2

2- 0,75

ami'

9-

0,75

mni^

3-

0,75 inm2

9- 0,75 mitf

3- 0,75 imn2

2-\,Snarf

2-

0.75

mra^

*) - CROSS SECTION FOR POWER CABLES T O BE SELECTED ACCORDING TO CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES REQUIREMENTS.

ALL OTHER CABLES ARE CLASSIFIED AS SIGNAL CABLES.

N O T E

SEE ALSO CABLE DIAGRAM FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING THE CABLES.

P r i n t d a t e : 1 8 / 0 5 / 2 0 0 4 .

F: \W1CAELE\W11250224

Page 1 of 1 .

http://f/W1CAELE/W11250224

http://f/W1CAELE/W11250224

3 8

- F A \

TI T2T3

1 , 1 , 1

SUPPLY

AUTOPILOT

-SI

-T2

L1

\

SUPPLY

(MOTOR

VOLTAGE)

SUPPLY

AUX.

STEERING

SUPPLY

PUMP CONTROL REMOTE

CARD START

RUN

SIGNAL

RUN

SIGNAL

SUPPLY

HEATING HEATING

ELEMENT ELEMENT

L2L3 _x i

- F 1 0 - F 1 1 - F 24 F 25

-X2

- F 4 0 - F 4 1

-Fl 2

-Fl 3

L I L i :

-T1

I

2

f F 4 2

220VAC

NOTE 1

- F l 6

- F l 7

^uj[

21 VAC

NOTE

1

-F l

LI

L2

•Fl 8

L3

3 -

- F 1 9

PHASE

FAILURE

- F 2 0

-HL14

.3

\2T4-p

- F 2 K q q

F43

-F44

^ -•

9 Q- <

2

o o

ui I- O

tr. v) -1

-S^-PV-

-K l

'^

I^ I '

5 3

\

1

4

- ^ ^ ^ \

8 3

8 4

10

- X 6 ,

-T3

2

- K 1 1

-F46

, , , ,

Z'^

- K 1 1 - H 2

72^5C7T"

- K 1 0 C

- F 4 5

\M

- K 1 1

A2

- F 6 0 - U 2

- V I

• ^

11

-K11

-C1

44 43

LI 2 Krr^ ,-

14 13

- K l

IM

L13I-

A2

''-ja' /2.6

314^2

« I H

NOTE 1

SECON DARY SIDE OF TRANSFOR MERS MU ST BE EARTHEN

WHEN TRANSPORT CANADA OR CCG CLASSIFICATION.

' i U.* .3

33 I 34 '

""-JJ^ .5

81 I " 6

212313

- S 2 \ l 4

M L 1 0 / 2 . 1

— I L 1 1 / 2 . 1

A = AMPERE METER

Fl = PHASE FAILURE RELAY

F2 = OVERLOAD RELAY

F l 0- 61 = FUSES

HI = RUN LIGHT

H2 = HEATING LIGHT

H3 = SOURCE ON LIGHT

K1 = CONTACTOR

K10-K12 = AUX. RELAY

51 = ISOLATING SWITCH

52 = SWITCH

T1 = TRANSFORMER

T2 = CURRENT TRANSFORMER

T3 = HEATING TRANSFORMER

UI = SOLENOID DRIVER

U2 = NOISE SUPPRESS

VI = RECTIFER


Appr.:

Replaced fon Reploced by:

MOTOR

CONTROLLER

DOL

Rolls-Royce

Roils—Royce Mar ine AS


N-6264 TENNFJORD

STEERING

GEAR

WITH

SOLENOIDS

W _ 1 7 0 0 _ 0 0 _ 5 8

Inst.

Rev,

Page

1 o f 2

http://2t4-/

http://2t4-/

L

p

o

e

0

0

0

a

1

4

1

-

»

o

l

^

T

I

l

?

'

o

4

F

5

^

S

^

1

1

l

o

I

h

O

I

—

o

O

r

o

I

U

M

-

I

-

O

^

m

X

I

o

"

3

I

I

7

I

O

h

O

^

-

^

-

I

X

-

3

+

V

M

«

o

P

O

^

C

-

S

C

H

-

<

O

m

o

-

H

3 O

I

X

C

M

:

P

O

H

G

J

—

-

P

O

L

O

W

)

N

u

4

^

S

H

G

S

L

O

W

)

(

-

1

o

o

m2

g o

N C

^

L

O

W

/

H

G

R

A

E

-

S

E

O

^

L

O

W

R

A

E

-

I

N

C

O

o

o

o T >

-

L

O

W

—

I

°

R

A

E

-

I

N

C

O

—

'

I

Z

C

O

O

•

P

F

L

U

P

O

W

E

F

L

U

C

>



'8

FRONT VIEW,

FRONT VIEW.

t

SIDE VIEW.

FLANGE PLATE

NOT

IN

SCALE

A

Rev.

B-10481


Appr.:


CABINET LAY-OUT

MOTOR CONTROLLER

Fonnat: A3

Scole:

1:7.5

Art.No.

^ ^ H

Rolls-Royce


dep. Steering Gears

—

Tenfjord

N-6264

TENNFJORD

CABINET LAY-OUT

MOTOR CONTROLLER

.1799_00_01

Page

l o f 1



r I

R E A R V I E W

SIDE VIEW

M O U N V N G P L A TE

°^.

M mount ing b ot es

5

s; s

E

SS 2 ä S S &

S S

i

g

X8

1 «

XW

1

COUPONENTS

xe

R

X2

XJ

U 0 1

r i Z

C A B I N E T SIZE: Scale 1 : 5

FLANGE

NDT IN

PLATE

SCALE

149 U3

U 01 (X10)

U O I

(X9)

U 01

(n)

U O I (XII)

U O I (X9, XII)

U O I (X9. XII)

U O I (X9, XV)

U O I (X9, XV)

U O I (X9, XII)

U O I

(X9,

XII)

K l - KW. K30. K32

XI . X7, XB

12

DISTRIBUTION C A R D

A L A R M C A R D

A L A R M C A R D

A L A R M C A R D

CONTACT.

M O D U L A R

C A R D F R A M E

MOUNTING P L A T E

DISTANCE

P I E C E

D I S T A N C E P I E C E



R E L A Y

T E R M I N A L S

580I-D C2500

S 8 0 1 - A C 0 I

(5

A L A R M S )

S B 0 1 - A C 0 3 (12A L A R M S )

5301-A C04

(13

A L A R M S )

5139-5X20-4A

S145-2X36-2. 54M M

5 5 0 3 - F L R P / S K B D

5540-A U04-2

5 5 9 0 - E N U S - 4 X 5

5 5 9 0 - E N U S - 4 X 1 8

5590-ENLIS-8X7

5 5 9 0 ~ E N U S - 8 X 1 5

5610-4C0-24V D C

5I00-WD U2. 5

5500-060-060-021

5503-2519-000

\2tSL2.-

-llfl-

-U i J -

- I I Q -

-llfl-

r i Z

•

- 5 3 4 -

- B i L 5

6 f iJ

—a

0-10187 b-10503 c-10950 d-11152 e-1tl96

« ™ " * '

0S.0S.03 07.l1.0i 07.10.04

JUL \KM Lßi

Rolls-Royce

11.03.05 20.04.05

E A K

IEAK

Rol ls -Royce Mar ine AS

dep. Steering Gears — Tenf jord

N-6264 Tennf jord

A L A R M UNIT,

23

A L A R M S . ( 2*P U M P S )

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M T Y P E

CS-

T Y P E A U 0 4-

ftEPlACOIENT FOR

REPL CED BY

1 OF 4

F-80J-25-02

A: 79/520 a,m ARS 19.06.02

FORUAT AJ

A R T NO.: A U04-2J 02

L

http://2tsl2.-/

http://0s.0s.03/

http://7.10.0.4/

http://7.10.0.4/

http://0s.0s.03/

http://2tsl2.-/



r I

U 0 1

ALARM N0.11 (HYDRAUUC LOCK)

If used for other function use tarmhal 21,24.

ALARM N0.12 (HYD RAUUC LOCK)

If used for other function use terminal 25.28.

r ^

s i

+ s

UOTOR

CONTROLLER

NO. A

, A_

UOTOR

CONTROLLER

NO. B

, A -

[^r^r^r^r^

Si

S

r^

X 2 1 s j a ^ I s l s p l a l s l o l u l a 1 3 1 4 1 5 I 6 17 i s 19 s o

si H IXA

æ f STpep; 30131

K

3 * 4 3; 36 37 3æS 40 41 tS 4344

K

46 47

4E|4S|5O|51

5^5: 54

5E

56 57 5æS 50 61 5q65|64 55 56É7 jGKS 70 71 72 7374

7E

76 77

TmS

3q8 ip i

- I RET.24\t}C

^

I

I N P U T A L A R M S I G N A L S

Note: Alarm no. used on drawing referring to alarm output no.

Relation between alarm/pump numbering is indicated on the cable diagram.

a-10187

05.0S.0i

01.

b-10S03

WJTÖT

m

c-10950

07.10.04

1 Rolls-Royce

11.03.05

E A K

20.04.05

E A K


dep.

Stee ring Gears - Tenfjord

N-6264 Tennf jord

A L A R M

UNIT.

2 5 A L A R M S , ( 2* P U M P S )

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M T Y P E C S -

T Y P E A U 0 4-

R E F U C E W E N r n V ?

FEPLACEO BY

2 OF 4

F-803-25-02

A:

79/521 „m AR S 19.06.02

ro/tuAT A3

%

AR T. N O . : AU 0 4 -230 2

L

r

U 0 1

64

PINS PLUG

64

PINS PLUG

J4

PINS PLUG

T O A LA R M C A R D

A L A R M N O . 1 - 1J

T O A L A R M C A R D

A L A R M N O . 1 4 -2 6

T O A LA R M P A N E L I N D O O R

( I F M O U N T E D )

+ 24VDC

7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

II

5

lA

= * 6 E 7 2 * 9 3C 31 3c 3; ä< 35 36 37

S

8 9 10

11 13

14 15

16 17

18

19

20

21EE

^ E j

II ISp

^æ 9

30I31 3E

3æ4 3e 36 37

RET.24VDC

|—

+ 2 4 VD C o _

- I

RET.24VDC

T O S L A V E P A N E L

T O M A I N P A N E L

Note: A larm no. used on drawing referring to alarm output no.

Relation between alarm/pump numbering Is indicated on the cable diagram.

05.05.03

07.11.03

m

07.10.04

m.

Rolls-Royce

11.03.05

E A K

20.04.05

E A K


dep. Steer ing Gears — Tenf jord

N-6264

Tennf jord

A L A R M

UNIT.

2 3 A L A R M S , ( 2* P U M P S )

C O N T R O L S Y S T E M T Y P E C S -

T Y P E A U 0 4-

KPLACOtENT fOR

RBKACED BY

3 OF 4

F-803-25-02

A:

79/522 a,m AR S 19.06.02

A3

AR T. N O . : AU 0 4 -2 30 2

L I

r

1

l

^

S

r

o

M

O

C

m

E

N

A

^

T

O

M

O

C

R

E

N

B

<

^

S

\

5

1

1

X

1

|

y

r

u

1

\

5

1

\

5

1

i

1

1

g

1

1

1

1

ä

1

1

1

l

?

1

E

O

A

A

M

E

O

A

A

M

O

O



A

O

S

G

F

A

N

1

2

1

-

C

I

1

1

3

A

N

6

5

=

^

A

N

a

'

\

A

N

9

J

=

^

^

A

N

1

"

T

O

H

M

H

»

"~

T

~

^

£

U

W

ü

~

^

"

O

U

W

O

O

i

A

N

1

^

N

2

A

N

4

1

N

5

t

A

N

7

A

N

1

A

N

1

•

=

http://%27/aLARM

http://%27/aLARM

http://%27/aLARM

http://%27/aLARM

PANEL LAY-OUT

TO

BE

INTERCONNECTED.

( K )

• . - c M i o - < - i n < o r ~ - o o o > o ; : 2 2 " * ' ' " £ ' ^

CABLE LENGTH,

MIN :

160cm

TERMINAL RAIL,

MAX :

150mm

I I I I I I I

' - c M r o ^ i n t o r ^ o j a )

0 ' - c g r O ' « * - i O ( D I ^

-uT

in

(o r^ a) o)

o -- CM fO

X

o

X

Ü

o o o cj Ü X i^

OM CM

cg cv| cg

tJ Q

+

+ + + +

Ü:

<

< ^

o 2 o Ü

•* tH •* •*

, - c g r o - * m ( D i^ ( D c n i ^ ^ T - . r - ^ v - ^ l , - T ^ ? - c g c g c g c gc g c g

ÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖÖ

UJ - ^ UJ -^ Tj- .Ä .Ä

P-

eg

M

eg eg

o : Q:

, , . c c c c i r D i Q i a r c r a t E c c c c t r c e o i C c c c c c t K t r c e c e Q i c t :

. . . M | - l - < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < <> - u j r ) u j u j _ i _ ] _ i _ i _ i _ ] _ ] _ i _ i _ i _ i _ i _ i _ i _ i _ i _ i _ j _ i — I — I — i — I — I — J

t o Q i O Q ü i ü : < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < <

TO ALARM UNIT

NOTE:

SEE CABLE DIAGRAM FOR INFORMATION REGARDING

TEXT FOR ALARM LIGHTS.

TERMINAL MODULE

LAY-OUT TOP

o/C

l^o

110

TERMINAL MODULE

LAY-OUT FRONT

ALARM

N0.1

ALARM

N 0. 6

ALARM

N0.11

ALARM

N0.16

ALARM

N0.21

ALARM

N 0. 2

ALARM

N 0. 7

ALARM

N 0. 12

ALARM

N0.17

ALARM

N 0. 22

ALARM

N 0. 3

ALARM

N 0. 8

ALARM

N0.13

ALARM

N0.18

ALARM

N 0. 23

ALARM

N 0. 4

ALARM

N0.9

ALARM

N0.14

ALARM

N0.19

ALARM

N0.24-

ALARM

N 0. 5

ALARM

N 0. 10

ALARM

N0.15

ALARM

N 0. 20

ALARM

N 0. 25

SYSTEM

TEST

AUD/

ACK

^

192

eg

en

^

h-

O

1

1—

O

_ l

ÜJ

<

CL

>

cg

4

- ø6 /

PANEL MOUNTED

WITH FOUR STUD

BOLTS M5*20

PANEL DEPTH :

MAX

100mm

152

174

^

5

PROTECTION

:

IP22

PART

NO.

C M 5 0 - 0 0 0 1 - N N - * *

DESCRIPTION

NN

=

NUMBER

OF

ALARMS

**

=

VERSION

COMMENTS


Appr.:


MAIN ALARM PANEL, M25

WITHOLIT DIMMER

Art.No.

CM50-0001-

Rolls-Royce



N-6264 TENNFJORD

CONTROL PANEL

W_1450_00_01

Page

l o f 1

L

p

a

e

2

0

0

a

1

5

5

I

M

m

f

O

O

M

F

O

M

O

C

R

E

P

N

5

C

M

-

M

-

A

N

U

N

U

N

U

R

L

G

+

R

L

G

(

S

O

L

G

+

S

O

L

G

(

A

O

LG

A

O

LG

+

(

1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

J ^

e

^

n

n

N

U

N

U

N

U

R

L

G

(

+

R

L

G

(

S

O

L

G

+

S

O

L

G

(

A

O

LG

+

A

O

LG

(

1

2 3

4

5 6 7 8 9

,

—

\

1

cS

O

>

C

|

—

O—X

c s

O

)

oo 3

1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1

2 3 4 5 6

7 8

9

1

2 3 4

•

'

S S

c r

o

X

+ +

i

i 1 1 I 1 1

1

S

1

S

1

L

[

^

—

1 1

1 1 1 1 1

i

S

*

1

S

2

S

^

1

S

2

C

1 1

1

2

+ -

n

L

h

O

c -

^

.

J

T

1

* *

I

oo 7

C

•

0

>

H Z

P

O

m

-

o

>

m

- >

-

^

t

o

1

o

S

C

i

2

^

1

T > OC—

I

I

o

o

T

|

Z

Z

C

K

S

b

3

D

P

m

z

2

r

5

m

2

o

>o

(

7 S

O

O

s

;

o

D

5

p

o

—

o

m

i

^

5

>

(

7

<

^

C

H

O

z

O

T

(

T

H

C

>

S

5

-

0

T

|

—

>

<T nOi

—

n

c

n

7

8

o

CO

X

o

(O

V ^

+ U1

o

(D

X

O

UD

O

ID

X

O

N "'

+U2

o*

<£>

X

o

(O

PART UST

+U1 = PUMP CONTROL CARD

+U2 = PUMP CONTROL CARD

NOTE

ONE PUMP CONTROL CARD EOR EACH PUMP UNIT.

PUMP NUMBERING IS INDICATED ON THE

CABLE DIAGRAM.


Appr.:

Replaced for Replaced by:

2 PUMP CONTROL CARDS

UY-OUT

A: 500/029

Art.No.

C S20-00 -001

Rolls-Royce


dep. Steer ing Gears — Tenf jord

N-6264 TENNFJORD

CONTROL SYSTEM

W _ 1 2 2 0 _ 0 0 _ 0 0

Page

1of3

4

8

+ U1

STEERNG SGNAL

STARTER

STEERNG SGNAL

NFU MAN STEERNG

STEERNG S GNAL

NFU STEERING

STEERNG SIGNAL

AUX. STEERING

SUPPLY

AUX.

„STEERING

"AUX.

_STEERING

"SUPPLY

PUMP CONTROL

_CARD

"MAX. LOAD

SEE.

_NOTE (1)

T R U N

LsiGNAL

XI

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

n

12

13

14

X2

220VAC

220VAC

220VAC

GNO

COMMON

STOP

RUN INDICATON

OVDC

o

H 1- o o

^^<i°°

n

P K g K g ^

* p o o o o

+ < + +

O O O

X 4

-

<N

0

X5 - tM to "O o X6 " - «N io ^j - i ncD r- oo cn X7 " -«N i o- ^ j - i n tDr ôo cn

cj o

° g „

> o Q

t- 3 Q Z 2

m O

e i e 8 I £ £

0 0 5

3

ID 5)

X Z Z (- Z Q

P

O O K O fD

t W </) P

i i l i

"> t t -. o

t ? o

f>'

rv* t

I X Z Z I-

p p O g tc

(/j (/) P

æ

æ CC

y y y

~ ~ o

g

z

o

o g g

3

ID in tf)

UJ LU UJ UJ ^ ^

Q Q Q Q o o

É

" 2

s= s; ^

i +

~

I

I <

o—©

o-«

21

' I

£ £

z

z

É^^g

£

£

z z

NOTE 1:

kiax 250VAC

Max switching load ISOVA

Max continous load 50VA

I I I» 1» IS> I

" 11

p K CC (r o: _,

(Ö

UJ UJ UJ UJ Z

o

z

o o

s s ": CC

z 5 5 z

z 2

3

o

CC o

2 s £ 2 e E

o

p 5

CC o (/) tn

y ^

< o o o

s o Ü

I ? ?

o => 3

U (L CI

z 0 0

o 1- zi u

^ CC Q.

2 -

0 0

a-o

0

0

O ü ) O T o : c c ( O ü i < < ü O T W ) c c Q : w ( n

£ £

J1

.

1

<

c

o

C5

z

o:

t

(/)

(.0

z

Ü;

X

<

^~ s

1=

0.

0

O)

1

.—

X

X o o

< p z z p p tr

0

Z i

1 -

cc

<

V)

0

t -

3

<

O

Zl

1 -

(C

<

in

0

1 -

3

<

z

0

2

2

0

0

h-

æ

<

(/)

o.

0

p

w

i

—

X

0

n

z

Q:

±

—

X

0

=:

z

3

Q:

+

1 -

X

0

^

.

0

P-

(O

r

t^

X

0

Z3

Q.

0

P-

Vi

O

3

(-

K

<

(/)

l~

Zi

<

0

13

1—

Q:

<

en

0

1 -

z>

<

X3

c o p ^ ( r ) d n O " ~ < ^ ' 0 - * i n c D r - ~ c o ( 3 > 0 ' - c v l t o - < ) - i n c D r v

' " ' ^ ° " ° ' ^ ' - . ^ ^ , - > - > - , - T - . . - C N C M C N C M C N C M C M C N

_r <

O

<

E

o < o _»

o.

L. o <

3

^

°^

Ir

z)

0 0

P 0

3 - ^ 3 ,

.

CC . CC 2

g

3 g 3 g

I

< X < c

C5 0

-J >"

er < CM

( i Z K,

<

t 5

(/) u s

w

o 5) o

<

3

m o

IM^

< N

îî

^5

i

E

d e

^ d

g I g I g I

<

E

<

E

z tn z in z in

< » - • < T- • < T -

Z

>< Z X Z X

i

p

Z

X Z X z X

p < o < o <

i i

s o

^

i

CONTROL PANEL

PO S 1.

CONTROL PANEL

PO S 2.

CONTROL PANEL

PO S 3.

Description

Description

Appr.:

Repaced fon

Repaced by:

PUMP COfnROL CARD

+U1

500/029

Art.No.

CS20-00-001

Rolls-Royce

Rolls—Royce Marine AS

dep . Steering Gears — Tenfjord

N-6264

TENNFJORD

CONTROL SYSTEM

W_1220_00_00

Page

2of3

8

+ U2

STEERING SIGNAL

STARTER

STEERING SIGNAL

NFU MAIN STEERING

STEERING SIGNAL

NFU STEERING

STEERING SIGNAL

AUX. STEERING

SUPPLY

AUX.

STEERING

AUX.

.STEERING

SUPPLY

PUMP CONTROL

.CARD

MAX. LOAD

SEE.

.NOTE (1)

PR U N

LsiGNAL

XI

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

X2

X 4 ' - c M t O T i - i n i o r^ o o c n X5 " - c N r o - ^ in i o r - ^ o o c n X 6 ' - ( N ' O ' ^ m u j r ^ o o c n X 7 ' - o g ' 0 ^ ^ u ^ ^ D ^ ^ o o c n

220VAC

220VAC

GND

220VAC

220VAC

220VAC

220VAC

GND

COMMON

START

STOP

RUN INDICATON

+24VDC

OVDC

o o

o

g

o o o o

+ I X I Z Z

h- I- P p U o

é é ^ E s

o o

e

e

uj ui u uj

Q g o o

Q:

o:

Q: Q:

æ

o: "^ —

g

g

o g tE

V) to o

o

ES

F- Z Q Z Z

O O ^ p

o

o

o o 2 s

r

0-«

9-©

< l i .

2 Z

p

I

U) W (^ ^

y

w 2 2

Q Q o o

^ ^ S K

§ § " ^

O O c: C

z z

o o o o o o

o o o o

2 2

J1

NOTE 1:

Mox 25PV.AC

0- «

Max switching load 150VA

Max contlnous load 50VA

3 ^ 3

Qi Q. <

l_(o

I I «9 69 09 I

O

c/)

Lu

>-

0 o

9-«

0—€

O O

II I X ^-^

CD

I

l _ ^

j - Q Q

g

fs ps

Q (n tn

n

im

a

o o . .

(/) Q Q Q Q _l

p o: o:

Q: Q:

tn UJ LJ u] ÜJ

o Q Q Q

3

Q: Q:

ae o:

o o o o o

2 Q o Z

^ O Q Ü

Z

Z 3 Z

. O Z3 Z3 O : 3 Z3

I

u

Q: Q:

u et: o:

y

fe)

o o

Sr Sr ? P

2 2

^^11^^^=

Q= Q P 9 i

5 _ i > _ i >

pc < CM < CM < CN

31

g

3

=D

I _J >-

< cg < CM

X — X —

is

is is

t

5 t^ 5 t 5

i i

2 in z tn 2 m

2 m 2 tn 2 in

i i

< O < O <

2 >< z X

i i

I d

i

>< z >< z ><

CONTROL PANEL

POS 1.

CONTROL PANEL

POS 2.

CONTROL PANEL

POS 3.


Appr.:

Replaced

fon

Replaced

by:

PUMP CONTROL CARD

+U2

A 500/029

Format A3

Scae: X

Art.No.

CS20-00-001

M Rolls-Royce


dep. Steer ing Gears — Tenfjord

N-6264 TENNFJORD

CONTROL SYSTEM

W_1220_00_00

Ins t Rev.

Page

3of3



3 7

8

FRONT VIEW- REAR VIEW.

SIDE VIEW.

12x07 .2 -

FLANGE PLATE

NOT IN SCALE

A

Rev.

A - 1 0 1 9 7


Appr.:

R eplaced f on

Replaced by:

C A BIN ET W Y - OU T

CONTROL SYSTEIi*

Scale: 1:7,5

Rolls-Royce


dep. Steering Gears — Tenfjord

N-6264 TENNFJORD

CABINET LAY-OUT

CONTROL SYSTEM

L_1299_00_03

Page

1of 1

2

iW

4

FOR JUMPER SETTING SEE CABLE DIAGRAM

JUMPER FOR DIMMER MODUL (14 Channels)

P ART. NO .: 52 20 - CM - D I M - 01

JUMPER

JP30

DESCRIPTION

SUPPLY TO CHANNEL 9 TO 14 =

POSSIBLE

SETTING

INTERNAL/

EXTERNAL

LOCATION TABLE

S E E A LS O LA Y - O UT DRA W I NG F O R T HE CO NT RO L P A NE L .

C O N T R O L P A N E L , T O P V I E W

POS.

+ 1

+ 2

+ 2

DESCRIPTION

START-STOP-AUTO START

RUDDER ANGLE SELECTION

DIMMER

TERMINAL PLATE

TERMINAL PLATE

CABLE LENGTH

SCALE

MAXIMUM LENGHT 550mm

MINIMUM 160cm

1 : 5

o

3 )

o

<N

X

O

CM

3

PART LIST

U1 0-1 1 TERMINALS LOCATION +1

X20 TERMINALS LOCATION + 2

U20 DIMMER LOCATION + 2

NOTE.

PUMP NUMBERING IS INDICATED ON THE CABLE DIAGRAM.

PART NUMBER

PART NO.

- * * = 0 0

DESCRIPTION

STAR T/STO P - RUDDER ANGLE SELECTION

A-10632


Appr.:

Replaced ton Replaced by;

JUMPER SETTING

MODUL LOCATION

TERMINAL PLATE

Art.No.

C U 25-0102- * «

Rolls-Royce



N-6264

TENNFJORD

MAIN CONTROL PANEL

WIRING DIAGRAM

W _ 1 3 2 5 _ 0 1 _ 0 2

P age

1of4



L

p

o

e

2

0

0

a

1

1

2

K

g

I

s

2

•

o

P

w

3

C

S

S

S

S

O

R

L

G

+

R

L

G

S

O

L

G

+

S

O

L

G

A

O

L

G

A

O

L

G

O

+

(

+

(

1

2 3

4

5 6

7 8

9

,

H

.

,

r r

„

C

S

S

O

+

S

S

O

R

L

G

+

R

L

G

S

O

L

G

+

S

O

L

G

A

O

LG

+

A

O

LG

1

2

3

4

5 6 7 8 9

O

O

M

F

O

M

O

C

R

E

P

N

5

C

M

M

B

i

-

S

J

S

S

L

0

3

2

—

L

0

A

L

0

3

2

—

L

0

3

2

—

-

n

w

-

-

0

-

i

-

S

S

-

r

p

w

0

-

n

W

g

g

6

m

-

T

m

6

m

-

C

O

U

P

P

L

Y

4

V

C

S

U

P

P

L

Y

2

4

V

D

C

L

4

5

—

L

4

5

—

1

2

+

w

K

3

O c

C



L

p

o

e

2

0

0

a

1

1

3

>

O C

\

O

2

5

0

0

m

o u

I

S

S

G

F

R

L

O

C

O

W

H

G

S

O

C

E

Q

H

G

R

A

E

+

2

V

(

+

L

O

W

A

E

N

C

O

S

S

G

F

R

L

O

C

O

W

H

G

S

O

C

E

Q

H

G

R

A

E

+

2

V

(

+

L

O

W

A

E

N

C

O

1

2

3 5 6 8

9

1

1

1

—

I

L

2

5

3

H

2

5

9

P

>

z

n

H

,

O

O

M

F

O

G

M

P

N

5

C

M

G

A

0

2

5

—

^

L

2

5

—

,

1

2

3

4 5

6

7 8 9

1

1

1 1 1 1 1

1 1

1

2

3 4

5 6 7

8

9

1

1

1

1

1

1 1 1 1

X

S

S

^

~

1

1

S S

^

T

1

^

S

1

-

1

^

^

^

1

^

S

.

H

X

S

S S

1

1

1

S S S

~

1

S S

S

"

1

1

1

S S

X

1

L

4

5

—

L

4

5

—

1

2

+

i

N O C c

>



L

p

o

d

2

0

0

a

1

1

3

O

O

M

F

O

D

M

P

N

5

C

M

-

D

M

-

0

t

m

I

t

u

L

2

6

—

L

2

6

—

L

3

6

L

3

6

N O

c

n

e

n



LAMP COLOURS;

TT

GREEN

RED

WHITE

YELLOW

START RUN PUMP

STOP PUMP

AUTO START PUMP, HIGH/LOW ANGLE PUMP

LOW ANGLE PUMP

NOTE SEE CABLE DIAGRAM FOR INFORMATION REGARDING LAMP TEXT.

LAY-OUT

START

R U H

STOP

A U K )

START

IJIF V(

START

R U H

i n i P B / l

STOP

tWP B /l

AUTO

SWRT

>UWPB/I

mil

LO»

nos.

W B / I

«H/un

ANOI

P W P „

@

144

PROTECTION : IP22

7

8

PANEL CUT-OUT

0

^

o

CM

CM

4 — 06 ^

PANEL MOUNTED

WITH FOUR STUD

BOLTS M5*20

104

126

>

CM

cn

'

PANEL DEPTH : MAX 200mm


Appr.:

Replaced for

Replaced by:

MAIN CONTROL PANEL

1•ACTUATOR

2*PUMPS

Scale: 1 : 2

Rolls-Royce


Dept . Steer iT ig Gear — Tenf jord

N-6264 TENNFJORD

MAIN CONTROL PANEL

LAY-OUT

L_1325_01_02

Poge

lo f 1

P A N E L L A Y - O U T

» - c M K > - * i n < D r v e o o i ° ^ ' ^ ' ^ * ' " " ° ' ^ < ° ° ' S

CABLE LENGTH, MIN : 1 60c m

TERMINAL RAIL , MAX : 1 50 mm

T T T

-

CM

ro

•«f

m

(O

r^

GO

Ol

o

-

O l f O

• *

in u>

r^

03

o>

O

CM

CM

CM CM

CM

to

CM CM CM

CO

CM CM

O

ro

K l

CM

ro

ro

ro ro

in

ro

ro

O i - c N r O ' ^ i n c o r ^ o o a j O ' ^ t N r O ' ^ i n

o o c n i : ^ ^ T - ^ ^ i - - i = - I . - i = - i - C N i r M C M C M c M c M

TO ALARM UNIT

NOTE:

SEE CABLE DIAGRAM FOR INFORMATION REGARDING

TEXT FOR ALARM LIGHTS.

TERMINAL MODULE

L A Y - O U T T O P

o ^

^

110

TERMINAL MODULE

L A Y - O U T F R O N T

3

O

I

UJ

<

ALARM

N0.1

ALARM

N0.6

ALARM

N0.11

ALARM

N0.16

ALARM

N0.21

ALARM

N0.2

ALARM

N0.7

ALARM

N0.12

ALARM

N0.17

ALARM

NO. 22

ALARM

N0.3

ALARM

N0.8

ALARM

N0.13

ALARM

N0.18

ALARM

N0.23

ALARM

N0.4

ALARM

N0.9

ALARM

N0.14

ALARM

N0.19

ALARM

N0.24

ALARM

N0.5

ALARM

N0.10

ALARM

N0.15

ALARM

NO.

20

ALARM

N0.25

PANEL

TEST

AUDI

BLE

—

^

192

4 - 0 6

. - * •

PANEL MOUNTED

WITH FOUR STUD

BOLTS M5*20

PANEL DEPTH : MAX 100mm

152 .

174

PROTECTION : IP22

PART NO.

C M 5 0 - 0 0 0 3 - N N - * *

DESCRIPTION

NN = NUMBER OF ALARMS

** = VERSION

COMMENTS


Appr.:

Replaced for. Replaced by:

SLAVE ALARM PANEL. M25

wrmoi/r DIMMER

Art.No.

C M 5 0 - 0 0 Q 3 -

i | Rolls-Royce


Dept.

Steering Gear — Tenfjord

N-6264 TENNFJORD

CONTROL

PANEL

W _ 1 4 5 0 _ 0 0 _ 0 3

Inst. Rev.

Page

lo f

1



Essm

i Rolls-Royce

mm . ^

Parts List for:

Item No

I tem tex t

Dwg . No .

Ref./ Dwg

Pos.No.

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

No.

Qty

1,00

1,00

1,00

1.00

1.00

1.00 '

1.00

1.00

1 0 0

1,00

1,00

LOO

1,00

2.00

1,00

1.00

2.00

2,00

5.00

6,00

5,00

3,00

3.00

1,00

2,00

FB40-10046


A-10046

A-9703

Description

BRACKET

SHAFT, FB40

BRACKET

WASHER

BUSHING

GRUB SCREW

SOCKET HEAD SCREW

NUT STAINLESS

SCREW

LOCKING RING

SEAL

WASHER

LOCKING RING

BEARING

O-RING

SCREW

SPRING WASHER STAINLESS

NUT

MICRO SWITCH

MICRO SWITCH, ACCESSORIES

MICRO SWITCH, ACCESSORIES

GASKET

DISTANCE PIECE

NUT

SCREW

Dwg.No.

A-1003 3

A-10032D

A-8759

A-10108

A-8754K

A-8900

A-8422

Ref./ Dwg. No.

63750-10033

61350-10032

63750-8759

63150-10108,

60750-8754

33I-M04X60

344-M03X45

63150-8900

41,1-2215-MF41:

5400-V3-9119M

5401-JV-9005 \

5401-MS-OOl

69950-8422

Date: 29.09.2006

Pag e 1 of 1

Item. No.

63750-10033

61350-10032

63750-8759

63150-10108

60750-8754

334-M03X10

331-M04X60

353-M04

344-M03X45

381-A025

218-022X035X06

63150-8900

381-A022

411-2215-MF41'

212-0489-26

344-M04X10

376-04

366-KM09

5400-V3-9I19M

5401-J V-90 05 ~-

5401-MS-OOl

5593-DR8

FB30.20

366-KMb5

344-M03X40

RollsrRoyce M arine AS,

Dept. Steering gear - Tenfjord,

N-6264

Tennfjord, Norway

TeL +47 70 20 88 00 Fax.: +47 70 20 89 00 Enterprise no j NO 980

371

379 MVA

Bankers; Nordea Bank Norge ASA. SWIFT: NDEANOKK Account

no„-

6550.05.18035

(BAN no.: NO91 6550051803S

E-rnait:

[email protected] lAww.roils-royce.com





A-A

ADJUSTMENT

OF

MICRO SWITCH RELEASERS:

NOTE: ADJUSTMENTS MUST

BE

CARRIED

OUT

WITH RUDD ER

IN

CORRECT POSITION.

1. THE NUT

P C S .

24 TO BE

L O O S E N E D

BY A

L I G H T K N O C K

ON A

S C R E W D R I V E R .

2. THE

R E L E A S E R S

TO BE

L O O S E N E D

BY 1.5 MM

H E X A G O N

KEY.

A C C E S S

AS

S H O W N

BELOW.

3.

A D J U S T

THE

A C T U A L R E L E A S E R ( S )

AND

V G H T E N

THE SET

S C R E W P R O P E R L Y

4 . A F T E R F I N A L I S E D T H E A D JU S T M E N T S M A K E S U R E

THE NUT IS

L O C K E D

BY A

L IG H T K N O C K

O N

A

S C R E W D R I V E R .

A C C E S S

FOR

A DJ U S T M E N T

OF

M I C R O S W IT C H R E L E A S E R S

j D CäO~~tC9Qr

N O T E

1.5 mm

hexagon

key for

adjusting micro switch releasers

Tightness class: IP44

a-II099

200W5sf

b-U174

Rolls-Royce

Rol ls-Royce Mar ine

AS

dep. Steering Gears

-

Tenfjord

N-6264 Tennfjord

F B 4 0

POTENTIOMETER

BOX

ASSEMBL Y DRA WING

KPL CanENr FOR A—8771

RePlAtXO BY

A-10046

nttuAT A3

scM£ 1:2

SF

12.01.05.

ART.

N O . : F B 4 0 -1 0 0 46

L



Tightness class: IP44

REVISION

a-10584

140104lgv

Rolls-Royce


Dept. s teer ing Gear — Tenf jord

N-6264

Tennf jord

REPLACEUENT FOR

REPLACED BY

A-970J

F B 4 0

D I M E N S I O N D R A W I N G

R L E :

FORMAT A 4

SCALE 1:2.5

DRWR LG V 10.09.03

A R T . N O . :



8

@©

POS. DESCRIPTION.

S1 -S 5 LIMIT SWITCHES

S1 -S 5 LEAF ACTUATOR

Al NUT ~

S1-S5 RELEASER

S1 -S 5 LOCK SCREW

RI POTENTIOMETER

XI-X2 TERMINALS

CABLE GLAND,

EXTERNAL CABLES

ALL FIVE ARE ALWAYS

MOUNTED. FOR TYPE SEE

MECHANICAL PART LIST.

SEE PART LIST

FOR NUMBER

AND TYPE.

ADJUSTMENT OF LIMIT SWITCHES

ART.

* =

* =

NB

5 =

7 =

>

>

FOR

FOR

37'

IT

AND 47" MECHANICAL

MECHANICAL RUDDER

RUDDER

ANGLE

ANGLE

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Open nut A1 by using appropriate

too l .

Move steer ing gear to high rudder angle port .

Loosen the lock screw on the releaser SI and turn i t In port direct ion unt i l corresponding l imit switch is act ivated.

Move the steer ing gear to high rudder angle

s tbd .

Loosen the lock screw on the releaser S2 and turn

Move the steer ing gear to low rudder angle port .


Move the steer ing gear to low rudder angle

s tbd .


1 0.

Secure the nut A1 wi th appropr ia te

too l .

Rev A Assembling for potentiometer changed.

i t in s tbd d i rec t ion unt i l cor respond ing l im i t sw i t ch is ac t iva ted,

i t in port direct ion unt i l corresponding l imit switch is act ivated,

i t In stbd dire ct ion unt i l corresp onding l im it switch is act i vate d.

PI


Appr.:

Replaced for Replaced by:

FEED BACK UNIT

TYPE : FB40

LAY-OUT

Art.No.

5 2 0 0 - W 1 6 0 0 0 0 0 4 -

Rolls-Royce



N-6264

TENNFJORD

STEERING GEAR

WITH SOLENOIDS

W _ 1 6 0 0 _ 0 0 _ 0 4

Poge

1o f2



L

p

o

e

2

0

0

a

0

3

5

K

5

m

m

I

I

S

O

E

D

P

O

H

G

_

S

O

E

D

C

S

O

E

D

S

H

G

.

S

O

E

D

P

O

S

O

E

D

S

N

(

L

O

W

)

^

^

~

C

(

L

O

W

)

•

^

O

J

e

4 7

NOTE :

SEE CABLE DIAGRAM FOR INFORMATION REGARDING NUMBER OF SENSORS/VALVES TO BE MOUNTED. (* = PUMP NO.)

TERMINAL - X 3 :2 AND -X 3 : 5 SHALL BE LINKED WHEN S9 IS NOT MOUNTED.

VALVE UNIT VALVE UNIT

I I r

I

> ^

Q.

I

>X

•

1

CD

to

1

PORT

'ROXIN

SWITCH

^ /

/t

1 1 1

ITY

*

1

1

STBD

'RQXIMITY

SWITCH

mm/

/1

Ml

» S'

CL

I

oo

in

IQGE D C LOGGE D

FILTE R

» S WITC H

D-

I

O)

C/1

HIGH OIL

" ^ ^ C H

P f e

* SWI

CL

I

^ ¥ c 1V

RE

IS)

LOW OIL LE V E L

S W I T C H N O . 1

s | öH

n

CO

LOW OIL LEVEL

CH NO. 2WITCH

QL

I

^

n

,h

r

h

m , m CO .

_1_|J

I r"

.h

U

I ^ _

3 | 3 | §

J I

rr

I

"IT"^

r

J

r

J

- X l i

V

-4 ^.

f -

_ L

_J

-X3 i

4

-X4j

i„ 1, i.

1 -

ce

o

.

Q

o

z

xJ

_ l

o

r'

MOTOR

o

2

2

O

u

o

o

z

JJ

_ l

o/l

\ /

CONTROLLER

o

1-

(/)

Q

O

/ •

I I I

1

C3

(/)

O

§

• ^

M

r

o

Q

>

1—

LÜ

ce

<

z

o

CO

H-

O

Q.

\ y

ALARM UNIT

<

z

o

t /)

Q

p

^ 1

oo

o

o

X

LU

CC

U)

in

CC

CL

ALARM UNIT

LL] r-

>

y d

z

i

0 5

^ ^

1 ^ " '

UJ CN

>

y d

Z

_)

0 5

1 ^

i

in

\y

ALARM UNIT

CO NNECT I O N BO X

Rev B Diode terminal at terminal -X2: 1

A

Rov.

A-10452


Appr.:


CONNECTION BOX

FOR MOUNTING ON

PUMP UNIT

Art.No.

5210-W16800003

Rolls-Royce



N-6264 TENNFJORD

STEERING GEAR

RV... SERIES

W _ 1 6 8 0 _ 0 0 _ 0 3

P ago

lo f

1



1 Rolls-Royce

mm ^

Spare parts list for :

O r d e r No.: 126590

Cus tom er: ROLLS-ROYCE MARINE AS

DEPT. STEERING GEAR - FRYDENBÖ

I S E T O F S P A R E P A R T S , E L E C T R I C A L

( 2 YEAR) .

E A C H C O N T A I N I N G I T E M :

Qty

5

5

5

Description

FUSE

FUSE

FUSE

SP- 34012

Item No.

5139-5X25-4A

5139-5X20-4A

5139-5X20-6.3 A

Pos No.

M C

M C

M C

h1 steering

Documents